Spock's Brain's Profile

Joined: Oct 07, 2016

Filter By:
8.1
Overall Rating
9.0
4 Kids Walk Into A Bank #3

Jan 20, 2017

This series continues to be a blast, with a genuinely great cast of characters. Just watching them interact is so much fun. It's a long time between issues, but this book is always at the top of my read list when it comes out.

10
4 Kids Walk Into A Bank #4

May 26, 2017

This series continues to be great with the 4th issue. It's filled with the same sharp dialogue and innovative layouts that have defined it so far. This issue seems to capture Paige's desperation a bit more, as she continues to have her attempts to foil the robbery plans foiled themselves. This issue is funny and emotional and just great comics. Rosenberg and Boss have a great thing going on here.

9.5
4001 A.D. #1  
9.0
A.D.: After Death #1

Nov 29, 2016

Mysterious, enigmatic, and haunting, but human, mix between prose and comics. I'm interested to see where this goes.

9.5
A.D.: After Death #2

Jan 11, 2017

This has been a fascinating story so far, raising a lot of questions in the first two issues. There seems to be a lurking menace underneath everything. I questioned how effective this would be with its combination of prose and comics, but I think it totally works. Snyder's words and Lemire's images are evocative in equal measure. I'm excited to see how this all comes together, if all my questions will be answered, in the conclusion.

6.0
Action Comics (2016) #965

Oct 14, 2016

9.0
Action Comics (2016) #976

Mar 30, 2017

I really liked this! It's totally weird, and there are a lot of unanswered questions, but it is an emotional, suspenseful, well-paced comic. If that is Ozymandias with the cloak and weird staff, though, what's up with the cloak and weird staff? Anyway, good stuff!

7.0
All-New All-Different Avengers #15  
8.5
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #1

May 10, 2017

This is a good debut to the new Guardians series. Aaron Kuder's art really worked, and the script was clever. It's a scaled down line-up, but there are mysteries about how we reached this status quo in terms of characters. It's got a cool cosmic villain in the Grandmaster, and the Galactus spaceship was pretty damn awesome.

8.5
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #2

May 31, 2017

This is light, inconsequential, and a whole lot of fun. And Aaron Kuder's art is great. The cosmic adventures of the all-new guardians are worth following.

8.5
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #3

Jun 12, 2017

This issue builds up the mystery of Gamora and the soul stone in what is visual treat. Frazer Irving's art dominates this issue, as Gamora is led to discover more questions than answers about herself. I last saw Irving's art on a recent issue of "Doctor Strange," and his style is equally suited to heavy cosmic trippiness as it was Strange's world. Kuder is great, but if we're going to get a fill-in artist, it doesn't get much better than this.

9.0
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #4

Aug 18, 2017

This issue is pretty great. I had a lot of fun reading it! I loved Rocket in this issue and the interaction between the group as a whole. The Collector is well-done here, and the ending is quite intriguing. In addition to the excellent writing is the fine art of Aarron Kuder. This is fun, entertaining comics.

9.0
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #5

Sep 11, 2017

This is a really fun and, in the end, a really moving book. This series has been a very pleasant surprise for me, really capturing the charm of our heroes, in this case Star-Lord. His connection to music is explored in a really great way here. Add in super special guest pencils from Chris Samnee, and this one is spectacular.

8.5
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #7

Nov 1, 2017

This is a pretty straight up tale of how Drax turned pacifist, and it's a perfectly fine story. But Greg Smallwood's art elevates this book. His star has been on the rise since his run on "Moon Knight" with Jeff Lemire, and he is one of the finest artists working today. So, good story, great art. Pick this up.

8.5
All-Star Batman #3

Oct 13, 2016

7.5
All-Star Batman #4

Nov 13, 2016

A typical issue, with wacky events galore. JR JRs art is working here more than Snyder'a scripting. Cool, kitchy aspects in how Batman uses his arise, but Mt Snyder has got to change the tone

8.5
All-Star Batman #5

Jan 9, 2017

Good conclusion to the first arc. I liked the art from the oft-maligned John Romita Jr. This has been a fun, if not spectacular, series so far.

9.0
All-Star Batman #6

Jan 30, 2017

This was a very good issue, and I was caught unawares by Scott Synder's POV trick in the final pages of the book. Jock's art is absolutely great, as I felt transported to the sub-zero world of Mr. Freeze.

9.0
All-Star Batman #7

Feb 14, 2017

I loved the Poison Ivy story. It gave me a much greater understanding of her than the myriad Poison Ivy stories I've read before. And, Tula Lotay's art is absolutely gorgeous and so well suited to this story. After two issues, I believe I'm enjoying this story even more than the first. The back-up is so-so; at only 8 pages a month I barely remember what's going on, and it doesn't seem to be going anywhere at all quickly, but Francisco Francavilla's art is great to look at so...really great issue.

7.5
All-Star Batman #8

Mar 20, 2017

I didn't especially care for Snyder's heavily stylized narrative style here, and the back-up, while looking good, ultimately left me a bit disinterested. I think by the time this issue comes out each month, I've forgotten what's going on in the back-up. I'll have to go back and read it as one story when it concludes, perhaps, to fully appreciate it.

8.5
All-Star Batman #9

Apr 26, 2017

This is a good finale to the "Ends of the Earth" storyline--it's interesting to see a final face-off between Batman and his mysterious enemy as it takes place here, more fascinating than your typical punch-fest. I lost track of the back-up long ago, and now I'm glad, because it apparently doesn't end here, but leads to "Black Matter," which is kind of cheap. So, yeah.

8.5
All-Star Batman #10

May 29, 2017

This is an interesting look at the Bruce/Alfred relationship, kind of focusing on the idea that Alfred has always kind of been Bruce's defacto dad. The Miami setting is interesting, as is the idea of this being a kind of pirate adventure. Also boasts strong Rafeal Albuquerque art.

7.5
All-Star Batman #11

Jun 27, 2017

This issue had highs and lows. I liked the Rafeal Albuquerque art, but wasn't really feeling the black-ops Alfred thing or his narration about his dad. I kind of sighed when I saw the back-up, because with these 8-page instalments I never remember what happened in the last one (I read a lot of comics!), but I got into this one. So, not great, but pretty good issue.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #20

Oct 22, 2016

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #21

Nov 22, 2016

Nothing much of consequence happens in this exposition-heavy issue; it's not a bad comic, but "The Clone Conspiracy" seems to have turned "Amazing" into a series of back-up tales during its duration.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #22

Jan 9, 2017

Interesting issue that provides a lot of relevant info, but it comes in the form of flashbacks, prohibiting any forward action. Still, an important piece in this event.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #23

Jan 23, 2017

This is an emotional issue, a tie-in to the main event that actually means something, as Peter and Gwen get into a heavy discussion about her death, Peter's inability to be happy, and her identity as a clone of Gwen. I read this immediately after "Clone Conspiracy" #4, and this issue works great in tandem with it, exploring aspects that the main title can't as it hurtles towards its conclusion. A key component to the story line as a whole, which is welcome in a world of meaningless event tie-ins.

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #24

Feb 28, 2017

Echhh. Why does this issue exist? To see that Ben Reilly escapes with his life? They could have done that in his own soon-to-launch title (which I will buy when clones roam the earth in real life). I liked the event proper, but the "Amazing" tie-ins were hit and miss, and I look forward to new things next month (Immonen!)

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #25

Mar 20, 2017

Oh, Marvel. Keep being you. This contains a pretty strong main story, with truly amazing art by Stuart Immonen, and an interesting final page story that falls out of Clone Conspiracy. These were well-done. Anyway, the rest of the issue is filled with throwaways that I only half read because they were nonsense. Well, the Hannah Blumenrieich one was charming. However, something about Marvel's unmitigated greed in releasing a 10 dollar comic, and Peter's complaining about life as a billionaire doesn't sit right.

9.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #27

May 16, 2017

This was the best issue of "Amazing" in quite a while. The opening pages establish a creepy atmosphere as Norman emerges prematurely from surgery, leaving him twisted and scarred. Seeing his face does a whole lot for the characterization of Norman, who seemed pretty nondescript in the first two parts of this arc. I like the interaction between Spidey and his amazing friends, Silver Sable and Mockingbird. The pace here seemed really tight, even though a whole lot doesn't happen in terms of plot advancement, if that makes any sense. And the Stuart Immonen art is just so above par. No offence to any artists who have been doing this book lately, but Immonen is in a different stratosphere. I can't wait for the next issue!

9.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #28

Jun 12, 2017

"Amazing Spider-Man" #28 is a great comic book. The climax of Peter and Norman's struggle was so well executed; it took me back to reading so many of their classic battles of the past. Stuart Immonen continues to kill it on art, as the battle between Spidey and Norman is a tour de force. And, it's neat when the editorial notes call back to Amazing #96. I really felt the history here without this seeming like a retread of what has gone before. That's tough with two characters who share the past they do.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #29

Jul 18, 2017

I enjoyed this issue. Immonen's art is, well, amazing, and I liked the return of the Superior Spider-Man. That was a great series and this new iteration of Otto/Spidey works with me. Also, it fits in well as a "Secret Empire" crossover as it works independently as its own story.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #30

Jul 20, 2017

This issue deals with Peter trying to build a last defence for Parker Industries, which is pretty by the numbers. It sets the story elements in place for what looks like a more thrilling next issue. What elevates it here is the phenomenal art of Stuart Immonen, who somehow seems to be getting better by the issue.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #31

Aug 15, 2017

It all comes tumbling down here, as Peter and Otto match minds, and Peter shows the extent he's willing to go to in order to keep Parker Industries out of Otto's hands. Strong art from Immonen, as always. So the "Secret Empire" crossover ends, and judging from the preview of the next issue, it'll be a doozy.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #32

Sep 27, 2017

Cool one-shot featuring Norman Osborne searching for the madness that has consumed him all his adult life. The story is fun and interesting but the real treat here is the Greg Smallwood art. With Stuart Immonen as the regular artist, it's not likely to find a fill-in who is in the same league, but they've done it here. I think a tandem of Immonen/Smallwood as ASM artists is any Spidey fan's dream.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #789

Oct 20, 2017

This issue was pretty good. I like the chemistry between Peter and Bobbi, and the opening scene where Peter is wearing her t-shirt made me laugh out loud. The story itself isn't that much, and the anti-Parker stuff sometimes seems heavy-handed. But it is an entertaining read. The art of Stuart Immonen continues to destroy the competition, making this book a must for that alone.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #790

Nov 3, 2017

I felt this was a pretty so-so issue. The fallout of Parker's collapse continues, but the Clash threat is a minor (and uninteresting) threat, and I've gotten my fill of Spidey/Torch hanging out in "Spectacular Spider-Man," and nothing new is added here. With the exception of the amazing art, a disappointing issue.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #791

Nov 29, 2017

"The Fall of Parker" ends on an upbeat note, as things actually seem to be going okay for Pete, despite circumstances. He and Bobby are a fun team (even if their banter was on the edge of being too much for me), and its nice to see Pete happy in a way he didn't seem to be in the weird Tony Stark/Parker era. Plus, Stuart Immonen is awesome, so this continues to be one of my favourite titles of late.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #792

Jan 3, 2018

I liked the intro special, but this sags a bit, focusing on the gang led by Felicia, the group of which I am growing quite bored. I am also not brushed up enough on my symbiotes...how many are we dealing with here? I dunno. The art was strong, but this event has hit a snag in issue 2.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #794

Feb 13, 2018

This is a solid one-shot issue, but the most interesting part is the ending, which is admittedly badassed, and the return of Stuart Immonen on art. Looks like this will take an upward swing with Part 2.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #796

Feb 27, 2018

Dan Slott's "Amazing Spider-Man" run is approaching its end, and as I was reading this I thought not that it was bad or anything, but seems kind of just another of the same kind of story...the same vibe or feel, which has kind of gotten tired at times over the past couple of years. Like this Goblin Squad or whatever...I'm tired of these guys. That said, I did like Jameson's interactions with Spidey, I did say wtf when I saw Peter's interactions with MJ, and I did enjoy Mike Hawthorne's Spider-Man scenes, even if some of his faces weren't that great...after what seems like a minor chapter in this arc, things look to pick up next issue.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #797

Apr 4, 2018

This issue uses the conceit of having Norman Osborne "interview" someone intimate in Spider-Man's life in an attempt to get this identity, and then builds up to the point where we begin with flashbacks. It's not an overly original trope, but it works to good effect here, building up to the reveal at the end. The "breakup" with Peter and Mary Jane seemed entirely unoriginal, and kind of unearned here, but any off points are settled through Immonen's art, as this one is another beauty to look at.

10
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #798

Apr 10, 2018

What a great issue of "Amazing Spider-Man"! The long build-up to the reveal of the Red Goblin proves to be worth it here, as he arrives with devastating consequences. The battle between Spidey and the Red Goblin is beautifully drawn by Stuart Immonen, as he really captures the brute terror and violence of this Carnage/Norman Osborne creature. The art is top notch here throughout--check the acting on the page where Jameson is struggling for release, cursing himself for giving up Peter. Jameson's anguish is so clear. The design of the Red Goblin is cool as well, and the Carnage-bombs go from cute to horrifying in a second. The colouring is incredible, when Peter crashes into the warehouse, the contrast of the Red Goblin with the darkness. Slott's dialogue was dead on and the story is really tight--no fluff. Anyone sleeping on this is missing an incredible arc of Spidey stories.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #799

Apr 25, 2018

After last issue kicked this conflict into overdrive, Slott pulls back here in an issue that focuses more on Pete's Amazing Friends than Spidey himself. It's pretty good, though after all the spider-events over the last few years, none of the Spider-family really excite me. But the Immonen art is beautiful, and next issue looks like it'll be crazy. So, yeah.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #800

May 30, 2018

This issue serves as the conclusion to not only the whole, slow-building Norman Osborn/Red Goblin saga, but Dan Slott's whole "Amazing" run. This was an entertaining issue, if not quite meeting the high expectations established in the build-up to this finale. I must say I expected more Immonen art here, and while his pages look great, there aren't quite enough. The dialogue here is well-done, with a lot of funny/groan-worthy lines, and the pace is not bad for an 80 page issue--it's exciting enough that it rarely feels like there are too many pages here. I also like the way the Spidey/Jonah relationship is going. While all of this is good, I felt the Red Goblin didn't quite live up to his billing here; issues 797 & 798 established such a creepy threat, it doesn't exactly evoke the same menace here. And the stupid-looking eyes on Spidey/Venom drove me nuts. But overall, a good end to what has been a really great Slott/Immonen run.

9.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #801

Jun 26, 2018

This is a simple, sweet, and heartfelt goodbye to “The Amazing Spider-Man” for Dan Slott after a decade writing the book. It’s a look into who Spidey is and how he touches so many of the lives of those he helps. Dan Slott powerfully gets to the core of what heroism is. The art here is by Marcos Martin, who brings his a-game and delivers some of his best work yet. This dude was made to draw Spider-Man, a classic Ditko-esque style that is still modern and all his own. Gorgeous stuff here.

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) Annual #1

Nov 29, 2016

Not terrible, but of no consequence. If Marvel is going to continue to publish these antiquated editions, they would be better served to make them significant somehow, not just a collection of throwaway back up tales.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) Annual #42

Feb 21, 2018

When I picked this up, I was like, "Ugh, I don't want to read this." Such is the quality of most Marvel annuals that it is only natural to assume this would be shitty. But, it's not terrible! The first story actually kept me interested enough to finish, and though it's pretty run-of-the-mill, it's innocuous enough, and I liked Cory Smith's art. The second story featured a version of the spider-sense as a series of headaches varied by degree, which is inconsistent with every other depiction of Spidey I've seen or read ever, and mildly enraged me. So, I wouldn't really recommend buying it, but if it lands in your pullbox because of your "Amazing" subscription, as it did for me, it's not all that bad.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #1

Jul 11, 2018

This is a really fun launch to the new "Amazing Spider-Man," the first time in a long time we've gotten a new creative team on the book, with Nick Spencer and Ryan Ottley taking over. It was a good read, pretty funny and entertaining. It also has that trademark Parker luck working its best to bring Spider down, but by the time the main story ends, I'm pretty sure things aren't looking too bad for Pete, despite the world coming down around him. I really dug Ryan Ottley's pencils here, it's a refreshing look and I really liked "Invincible" ... all told, not perfect, but an entertaining launch to the new series with some neat surprises at the end.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #2

Jul 30, 2018

This is a fun and interesting comic book--I'm enjoying Nick Spencer's tone and voice on this and the Ryan Ottley art is pretty great. I'm liking the fact that Pete and MJ are together and the whole back to school thing. This has become one of my favourite reads.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #3

Aug 9, 2018

This one didn't get me as much as the first two issues, but it was still a lot of fun. It's kind of heavy on exposition, but Ryan Ottley makes it interesting regardless. The idea of a separate Peter Parker and Spider-Man isn't exactly original (Is that other Clark Kent still running around in Superman comics?), it's done in an interesting way. I just hope that this is a story that wraps up in another few issues, and we don't have to live with the split. But, I am really liking this new Spidey relaunch. Also, the Steve Ditko tribute at the beginning was very well done, a great testament to the man who co-created my favourite comic character of all time, my man Spidey. Love you Ditko!

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #1

Nov 11, 2016

Great first issue...it's nice to see that Peter/Mary Jane relationship again, and Stegman's art is sweet. I liked Spidey trying to remember his grocery list mid-battle. A lot of fun. I'll be back for more.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #2

Dec 31, 2016

I don't know if we need to see MJ dialect up to hero... this is OK, but I can't see this whole spider family thing going on too long before wearing thin.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #3

Jan 27, 2017

I was (and am) a little wary of the idea of Mary Jane as super-heroine, but this issue charmed me with Annie May Parker getting the spotlight. This was fun.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #4

Feb 16, 2017

I liked this. A good conclusion to the first arc. That being said, I don't know how much water the concept of a Spider-family fighting crime will hold in a continuing series. Given Peter's very nature, him allowing his daughter to be placed in danger continuously just doesn't jive. But it's fun enough for me to stay on for now.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #5

Mar 30, 2017

This book is a bit too much over-the-top "fun"...it's kind of losing it's charm for me. It's getting a bit played out. And Stockman's art was too Saturday-morning cartoony for me.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #6

May 1, 2017

This was the last issue pulled for me after I decided to drop this title, and, lo and behold, I really liked it. It's fun to see this old school, but different iteration of the X-Men. The whole concept of this book has kind of lost me, with Peter's whole family super-powered, but I'll probably try to get the rest of this X-Men storyline.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man: Venom Inc.: Alpha #1

Dec 13, 2017

I didn't really plan on reading this, but it landed in my pull box, so...I am quite pleasantly surprised. I haven't really cared for Venom as a character since his his early days (when I was a teen reader); I read issue #1 of the new "Venom" series and was not really impressed at all...but I liked this story. The pull of the symbiote towards Flash and Eddie is really well done here; a large part of this book is the art of Ryan Stegman, which is excellent. This is a really great looking book. So, I will naturally be reading the next part in "Amazing," and, in all likelihood, be picking up the next couple of issue of "Venom" as well.

7.0
America #1

Mar 7, 2017

This isn't a bad comic, but it is a bit too cutesy and meta for me. Not bad, but not my thing. The Joe Quinones art looks very good. I was surprised to see the overall user rating on this. I feel like a lot of people are bashing this comic here as a complaint against Marvel's recent trend towards more youth-oriented, diverse stories. It certainly doesn't justify a rating below 5, for god's sake. A lot of people are hitting this extra hard.

8.5
Archie (2015) #13

Oct 22, 2016

8.5
Archie (2015) #14

Nov 22, 2016

8.0
Archie (2015) #15

Jan 14, 2017

Fun as always. I like how Jie Eisma has settled in as the regular artist. Can't wait to see how Cheryl Blossom shakes up the Riverdale status quo.

6.5
Archie (2015) #16

Jan 30, 2017

Underwhelming issue as Dilton Doily Black Mirrors Riverdale high with an app with which they harshly judge each other on superficialities. A couple of chuckles, but...eh.

8.0
Archie (2015) #17

Feb 21, 2017

This issue reminds me a lot of classic Archie stories with it's little touches: Cheryl and Jason pushing people of bikes and kicking the change away from hoboes, Archie rolling down a hill in a barrel of molasses with no explanation...it's silly fun.

7.5
Archie (2015) #18

Mar 20, 2017

This issue's storyline was a bit tepid, but new artist Pete Woods is great. I liked it, and maybe it's all the "Riverdale" I'm watching, but this seemed a bit too innocuous.

8.5
Archie (2015) #19

Apr 26, 2017

This was a lot of fun, reading a lot like classic Archie without feeling out of time. i.e. the running gag of Archie tangled in the tent was funny and aptly showed the comedic style of new artist Pete Woods. Really fun issue of a really fun series.

7.0
Archie (2015) #21

Jun 30, 2017

I'm torn on this. I get what Waid is trying to do, create an Archie comic that has stakes, not just laughs. Nonetheless, I don't think it was my bag. I liked "Riverdale" (the show), which is pretty serious in parts, but that is its own thing. I don't know if I'm looking for deadly serous stakes here.

8.0
Archie (2015) #22

Aug 17, 2017

This is a good comic. The two-page spread showing Archie and Betty's history beautifully shows their relationship. The comic is filled with dramatic tension. But I'm not sure if this is the tone I'm looking for in an Archie comic. I loved the show "Riverdale," but the comics are a different thing. The light, comic sweetness of most of the series, echoing all the Archie books of the past, was what I wanted. I'm still on board, but seeing where this all goes.

9.0
Archie (2015) #24

Oct 7, 2017

This is a pretty great issue. I didn't know how this series would deal with the more intense storyline of Betty's being paralyzed, but this is a mature, realistic look at the issue, focusing on the financial weight that accompanies serious injuries. Betty is resilient throughout, until a page late in the book that shows her frailty. Added to the hope-inspiring ending, I loved it. Mark Waid and Audrey Mok rule in this issue.

7.0
Archie (2015) #28

Feb 22, 2018

I wasn't feeling this issue of "Archie." Or the series as a whole of late. Here, the physical gags fall a little bit flat and the script seemed somehow off a bit. Perhaps, some 25 issues of "Archie" in, to go with several issues of "Jughead" and "Betty and Veronica," I'm just feeling a bit of "Archie" fatigue.

8.5
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #1

Aug 17, 2017

I'm not usually a fan of Charles Soule's work, but with art by Jim Cheung, I had to pick this up. And...it was good. The story as well as the art. I liked the way Soule introduced the major players of this X-team in the opening pages, and the central conflict is introduced in an interesting way. And the art was awesome, of course.

7.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #3

Sep 19, 2017

Ed McGUinness art! That's...not very good? I was disappointed by the look of this issue, where Morales inks seem to kill McGuinness work. The story was okay, but Old Man Logan is coming close to being as overexposed as the original Wolverine before he died.

9.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #5

Dec 2, 2017

I was a little surprised, but I totally loved this issue. It was great to read a Professor Xavier-centric story again. I also really enjoyed Ramon Rosanas' art here, especially the kind of minimalist linework; I'd love to see more of him. I enjoyed this more than any other X-Men issue lately. Great read.

8.5
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #6

Dec 17, 2017

I've dropped off "X-Men Gold" and "Blue," but I have been pleasantly surprised by "Astonishing X-Men." I'm not really a fan of Charles Soule (understatement), but I like what he's been doing here, especially the last couple of issues. The return of Xavier is a nice twist and long overdue. The art by Mike Del Mundo is good, though it can't match the work of Roman Rosanas from last issue (if only this title could continue with him as the regular artist!). Overall, this is quite an enjoyable title so far.

8.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #7

Jan 10, 2018

This is an interesting issue of "Astonishing X-Men," as Professor Xavier is reborn...sort of. I must say I found this new incarnation a bit weird, and even a bit like X-Files Ghost Mr. Burns talking of peace and gifts for everyone. I did like the scene with Betsy and Fantomex, and the scene with Bishop analyzing the green sun over London was cool. As was Phil Noto's art. After dropping "Blue" and "Gold," "Astonishing" is doing a good job keeping me into the X-Men.

6.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #8

Mar 7, 2018

"Astonishing X-Men" is my lone X-title after I dropped "Blue" and "Gold," and it has been surprisingly good. But this issue is a dud. It is all talk. The reborn Xavier, annoyingly dubbed "X," is kind of not working for me, and, curiously, he is smirking evilly like a super villain in the first few pages, which is weirdly distracting. I guess the art overall was distracting in that it was not good. At all. The rotating cast of artists offers us a chance to see various stars every month, but Siquiera's figures are stiff and dull...this is kind of IDW quality stuff. Hopefully this thing can turn itself around next month.

9.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #9

Mar 29, 2018

I was a bit wary of this after finding that "Astonishing" #8 was a terrible looking mess of an issue, but surprisingly, I really enjoyed this one, a big bounce-back for the series. The action and script were tight and moved along at a good pace, and the mystery of X deepened in an intriguing way. Perhaps the characters could use a bit more definition from each other, but that is a quibble I kind of ignored in the face of what I found to be a good read. Maybe all the difference is in the art: we go from amateur to awesome as Matteo Buffagni draws the hell out of this issue, and Yu contributes a great cover. I liked this a lot.

7.5
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #10

Apr 16, 2018

This book is notable mainly because of the artist. Not much happens to move the plot, as this issue is mainly a giant psychic battle between the X-Men and Proteus, but it is a dynamically portrayed psychic battle. Aco, who stood out for his awesome and stylistically innovative work on “Nick Fury,” really makes his pages come alive. This comic’s revolving door artist policy has brought us a few duds, but issues like this make it worth it.

8.5
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #11

May 8, 2018

I was sorting through my latest shipment of comics, and when I saw this, I was, "Ooh, Ron Garney!" And, indeed, Garney is the highlight of this book with his rough and raw pencils. I have enjoyed his work in "Daredevil" over the last couple of years, but quit that book, so it's nice to see his return here. With his work on "Daredevil" and "Men of Wrath" with Jason Aaron a few years ago, this guy is seriously underrated. The artist-of-the-month thing has brought us good and bad, but here it brings us awesome. The story was fun and exciting too. I have enjoyed this series a lot more than I thought I would!

6.5
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #12

Jul 29, 2018

I've more or less enjoyed this series, even after dropping "Blue" and "Gold," and have been excited about the return of Xavier. But instead of Xavier, we have his new incarnation as "X," who is ... meh. I dunno. I want OG Xavier. The art was pretty solid. Lots of splash pages conceal the lack of story, though. Not great. I guess I'll try the new direction the book takes next issue, but this book is on thin ice for me.

10
Astro City (2013) #42

Mar 13, 2017

This issue was a killer. I absolutely loved the story of Mister Manta, his seclusion, and discovery of what life is like after more than thirty years of isolation. "Astro City" can provide individual, one-issue stories better than almost any other title (and I can't think of one better), and this is a great self-contained story. I also loved the art of Matthew Clark. Awesome stuff.

9.0
Astro City (2013) #43

Jun 20, 2017

I left this issue sitting on my stack of comics unread for a while, but now that I've read it, wow, it's a really great issue. I loved when Tillie stepped forward to take over the narration from the Broken Man and the idea of her creating The Gentleman as a psychic projection, and holding on to her childhood forever was really interesting. This was a super-charming issue and yet another example of how "Astro City" is just great comics.

8.5
Astro City (2013) #44

Aug 23, 2017

This was a light, fun issue. Rick Leonardi helps these animal heroes emote; this kind of story could go wrong in a million ways but it goes right under the hand of Kurt Busiek.

9.0
Astro City (2013) #45

Sep 11, 2017

This is a great issue, full of music and rebirth and how they connect. This is a fantastic series.

9.0
Astro City (2013) #51

Apr 17, 2018

I missed issue #50 of "Astro City," but knowing it was shutting down soon, gave issue #51 a read; it does, after all, have a creepy old-school monster cover. This issue is just great. I should have known with a writer as skilled as Busiek I wouldn't miss a beat despite missing an issue, and this is certainly so. This is the story of the unknown victims of super-heroic exploits, the friends, relatives, lovers of the killed, missing, and disappeared. Having the story narrated by one of these victims is well done, as is the reveal of what happened on that fateful night. The host of a support group, Michael, is left with ghosts and the shadows of memories from a universe realignment that took the life of his love. This is certainly powerful stuff, a different way of looking at heroes and villains, as "Astro City" so adeptly gives us.

8.0
Avengers (2016) #1

Nov 8, 2016

7.5
Avengers (2016) #2

Dec 12, 2016

Okay issue. The multiple Kangs aspect was fun, but I don't have much of a sense of who this team is. I'm not feeling the chemistry.

9.0
Avengers (2016) #4

Feb 16, 2017

The Mike Del Mundo art on this issue is awe-inspiring. It looks just great. The history of Kang was interestingly written, too, but this stands out as an artistic tour de force.

8.0
Avengers (2016) #5

Mar 16, 2017

This was a cool issue in that it brought back Avengers' teams past to enter into the current Kang war. It looked good, but was probably Mike del Mundo's shakiest effort to date; the character work featured a parade of shocked faces, eyes wide and mouths agape. But overall, good stuff.

8.5
Avengers (2016) #6

Apr 28, 2017

This first arc concludes in an entertaining issue. I seldom knew quite exactly what was going on in this arc, but it has been fun to read regardless. It was cool to see the different iterations of the Avengers here, and cool to see Kang being acknowledged as one of Marvel's greatest and most powerful villains. Mike Del Mundo does a great job here, as does Alex Ross on a fantastic cover.

9.0
Avengers (2016) #7

May 16, 2017

This is the best issue of "The Avengers" yet, and I liked the Kang arc. I really enjoyed Victor Von Doom here, and was surprised to see Nadia go all fangirl over him. It added some fun to the story though (Victor and Nadia sipping tea). It's pretty charming. Phil Noto is great here, as usual. Looking forward to more Victor in my Avengers!

8.5
Avengers (2016) #9

Jul 25, 2017

This is a really good issue with a beautiful and touching ending. It also has badass moments, like when Thor grabs the bolt of lightning. The narration choice ends up being a very good one, and Del Mundo kills on art. Great stuff.

7.0
Avengers (2016) #10

Aug 18, 2017

I liked the opening pages with the narration by Otto Octavius, and of course seeing Vision and Scarlett Witch together, but the actual story here is slight, to say the least. An interesting turn near the end is rendered moot by a lie told by one of these makeshift Hydra Avengers. An interesting concept, but little comes from it.

7.5
Avengers (2016) #672

Oct 21, 2017

This was okay. It settled into a fairly standard plot, but I generally liked the interactions between the characters. Jesus Saiz is pretty fine on pencils. Oh, and I almost skipped the little 3-page Avengers origin synopsis at the back, but I read it and found it charming. So, there you go...solid, but I'm sure better lay ahead

8.0
Avengers (2016) #674

Dec 17, 2017

This issue is a pretty solid story with absolutely jaw-dropping work by Jesus Saiz. This is worth it for the art alone.

8.5
Avengers (2016) #684

Mar 26, 2018

I dropped off "The Avengers" before "No Surrender" started, but have noticed the positive buzz this storyline has been getting. What drew me back, though, was the re-emergence of Banner Hulk, in the form of "The Immortal Hulk." And this issue is pretty fun! It's a testament to the creative team that this is so accessible to new readers despite being the 10th part of a 16 issue arc. I settled in and enjoyed the spectacle. This read like an old school 70s comic to me, and I mean that in the best way. The story is kind of wacky and high stakes and just goes for it. I don't know if I'm gonna go back to read parts 1-9, but I'm going to pick up the next issue anyway. Good stuff.

9.0
Avengers (2016) #685

Apr 3, 2018

I skipped much of this event before being drawn in last issue by the resurrection of Banner Hulk, in the guise of The Immortal Hulk, which, as a Banner/Hulk fan, is pretty fuckin' cool. Who would have guessed that, after so many misbegotten purchases of terrible Marvel events or mini-events (I'm looking at you, "Death of X," you merciless bastard!), here is one that is a bit crazy and a whole lot of fun. I just really enjoyed this read. It's more or less all action, but done at a really reader-friendly pace. Also, I missed like 9 parts of this story, but the writers don't make me feel like it. If anything, I want to read the issues I missed cause they look cool, not because I need to in order to understand the plot. For 3 writers, it's pretty seamless. And Paco Medina's art is not breathtaking, but never had me wincing or wishing someone else drew this. I think it's a testament to all involved that, after starting a storyline at parts 10 and 11 of 16, I'm absolutely down.

8.5
Avengers (2016) #686

Apr 10, 2018

That was another really fun issue of "The Avengers" as "No Surrender" marches to its conclusion. This new iteration of the Hulk takes a few unexpected turns here that make the character more interesting and complex than he at first seemed. The action is fast paced and exciting. Good stuff. Oh, and I really liked Wonder Man and thought his narration was well done.

7.5
Avengers (2016) #687

Apr 16, 2018

This issue of "The Avengers" slows the pace to allow the players in this story to regroup, and for the writers to explore themes of redemption and...well, forgiveness? There's a nice talk with Jarvis and Bruce Banner in which Jarvis challenges Bruce's ideas on himself, and we gather for the final push. 3 issues left!

8.5
Avengers (2016) #688

Apr 25, 2018

"No Surrender" continues to be a fun event, and this issue is a particularly good one. It's fast paced, which is paradoxically not always true on a book that features a guy running around the world really fast. But there are other cool moments, like when the Hulk arrives. I'm not quite yet sure what to make of this iteration, but he's back, and he's Banner, but he's still different so...cool. And, I've ragged on Mark Brooks covers in the past, but I really dug this one. "The Avengers" continues its roll.

8.5
Avengers (2016) #689

Apr 24, 2018

The penultimate issue of "No Surrender" is a likely climax to the the story, big and sweeping, and full of feel-good Avenger moments. I have to say that Pepe Larraz's art looks better now than it did when I first stepped on board this arc, and I think this serves as a note for Avengers writers as to the right tone and mood for the book. I think a lot of the good here comes from the really fun villains, and the cosmic-ness of the story. I never would have thought I'd say this, but the new Jason Aaron "Avengers" book has some big boots to fill.

8.5
Avengers (2016) #690

May 19, 2018

I'm glad the creators left room for what is essentially an epilogue issue, dealing with the ramifications of the epic event that just went down. I really liked this issue. What struck me first is how great the Pepe Larraz artwork was. I remember being sort of ambivalent about his work before, but it seems like his style has developed into something great. I also loved the tone of this, of course, jubilant and victorious and, especially, hopeful. I also am grateful this series restored Bruce Banner, though in a new kind of iteration. All told, I got on board this thing halfway through, but I will definitely fill out the story for myself by getting those original issues I missed, or, more likely, shelling out a lot of bucks for a nice hardcover with this whole story.

6.5
Avengers (2016) #1.MU

Jan 31, 2017

Not bad, but not necessary, by any definition. The monster battle repeats scenes and dialogue I read in "Monsters Unleashed" #1. I'll be skipping the rest of the tie-ins.

8.0
Avengers (2018) #1

May 8, 2018

This was pretty good. Strangely enough, for all the excitement over Marvel's Fresh Start, this is kind of less entertaining than the 16-week mega-event that proceeded it. Still, it was entertaining enough, and Ed McGuinness' art was way more solid--not just solid, but cool--than I expected. The cover is a bit iffy so I didn't know what to expect. This was certainly sweeping in scope, and I'm pretty cool with the new line-up, except that She-Hulk's action-less, excitement-less solo title wearied me on PTSD Jen. Good idea, frustrating execution on that series. But, overall, this comic book was enjoyable.

7.5
Avengers (2018) #2

May 25, 2018

"Avengers" #2 was a pretty solid issue. The Avengers are scattered across the globe battling celestial villains, which I'm sure will ultimately lead to a giant team formation issue. I liked the Robbie Reyes bits; I haven't really read much of the character since the first six or so issues of his original series a couple of years ago. I'm not sold on She-Hulk; I don't think it's ever been explained why Jen hulks out in the more traditional sense now, becoming dumb and brutish. We know she has PTSD, but I think this change warrants more of an explanation than that. And Loki's back, in a more traditionally evil garb. Good book. But I miss "No Surrender."

6.5
Avengers (2018) #3

Jul 10, 2018

I'm not really into this series, or this team, so far. The story seems surprisingly flat from Aaron, who doesn't seem to have the handle on making each character of the team stand out. I guess I am also tired of these team books with enormous stakes all the time, especially since we're coming off a 16 issue space extravaganza. I liked that book more than this one. One other thing that irked me is this iteration of She-Hulk, or just Hulk now...her personality and humour was always the best thing about her, but now she's Hulk-dumb. I dunno. It's not terrible, certainly a solid book, but I don't think it stands out in any way.

8.0
Avengers (2018) #4

Aug 8, 2018

I kind of came into this issue thinking this series has been kind of a disappointment so far, but I ended up really enjoying this one. I still don't know when Jen Walters turned into a traditional Banner-type Hulk, but it's not really annoying me any more--the moment she breathes/kisses life into Thor was cool. I just was pretty captivated from the start to the finish. The art was pretty solid--I liked it, though in some panels I wasn't exactly sure what I was looking at. Overall, I like the cast, this story is getting more interesting, so ... I'm on board of this thing.

8.0
Babyteeth #2

Aug 1, 2017

This was a good issue. It gets us to know the characters better, and develops the storyline. I like the part with the "Prairie Dog" and her father. Great ending. An entertaining read.

8.0
Babyteeth #3

Aug 22, 2017

This isn't the kind of comic I usually read, but it continues to be interesting. I'm staying with it.

6.0
Barrier (2018) #4

Jun 7, 2018

Yeah, sorry, I don't know what the fuck is going on here. Sorry Brian K. Vaughan, I need to understand the dialogue in my comics. I get that by making the audience illiterate in a certain language it puts us in the place of the characters. And I guess there is a theme emerging of understanding humanity beyond simple language barriers? If so, that's too simple, and this is too frustrating to read. And, to really get to the nitty gritty, Marcos Martin's work on "Private Eye" was better than this. So, yup, it was okay, but ultimately disappointing.

7.5
Barrier (2018) #5

Jun 12, 2018

I liked the first issue of "Barrier" but have continued to be befuddled by it with each issue, largely due to the Spanish captions; for some of this I hit "GoogleTranslate," other times I muddled through--this issue, though, was more comprehensible in that it fills in the background tragedies that each of our main characters is dealing with. It ends in a surprising way which, when you think about it, is not surprising at all in that we have had the fate and lives of our characters obstructed throughout the series, so this fate is kind of in tune. If kind of disappointing, to sort of overemphasize his themes of the barriers of language. Marcos Martin's art was the best since the first issue--a certain 2 key scenes were expertly portrayed in best tragic form. A kind of okay end to a series I really thought and hoped would be a bit better.

9.5
Batman (2016) #9

Oct 20, 2016

8.0
Batman (2016) #10

Nov 3, 2016

7.5
Batman (2016) #12

Dec 12, 2016

I'm not a fan of the narrative choices King makes in this issue, but Janie's art is sharply styled as Batman fights his way through a sea of minions to come face to face with Bane.

6.0
Batman (2016) #13

Jan 15, 2017

This title continues to be wildly inconsistent. This arc had some strong points but the final chapter here is underwhelming. It seems like it's trying to carry itself with a depth and weight that's not really registering for me. I loved his work on "Omega Men," "Vision," and " Sheriff of Babylon," so I am rather surprised to find Tom King's "Batman" to be merely okay.

9.0
Batman (2016) #14

Jan 20, 2017

Great issue. I love the dynamic of these two together, and it is beautifully drawn and coloured by Mitch Gerads.

10
Batman (2016) #15

Jan 24, 2017

Tom King's "Batman" run has had strong moments, but been inconsistent. That being said, this issue was absolutely great. In the opening pages, Catwoman and Batman playfully argue about how they met, with Mitch Gerads cleverly mimicking the art styles from when the two different stories took place. Cattleman goes on to slip away, leaving Batman to trace her whereabouts. King unexpectedly brings back a character from Year One and deepens the relationship between Bruce and Selina even further here. The ending is bittersweet. I loved this.

8.5
Batman (2016) #16

Feb 10, 2017

The issues since "I Am Suicide" have been outstanding, as here we are preparing for the fallout of that storyline, with Bane coming to Gotham for Batman. Strong start to this arc, with some character work on the Robins at Batburger. Yes, Batburger.

8.5
Batman (2016) #17

Feb 27, 2017

This is a strong issue leading up to Bane and Batman confronting each other. I am getting used to King's scripts on "Batman," where not everything is spelled out for us and some significant things happen between the panels. Bane is here, ominous, made more so by the limited page time he is actually getting in the book, appearing like a sinister overthought but rarely revealing himself. So, when he does appear, as in this issue, it seems the stakes are very high. After the so-so "I am Suicide" storyline, King has been nailing this series. And Finch's pencils look great.

9.5
Batman (2016) #18

Mar 7, 2017

This was a great issue. I loved the parallel frames of Bruce and Bane's childhood growing through adulthood, leading up to this confrontation. Kind did a fine job building slowly up to this moment to give it proper impact. Finch's art is great. After taking a dozen or so issues to round into form, King is definitely on a role with Batman.

9.0
Batman (2016) #20

Apr 26, 2017

A fine conclusion not only to this arc, but the series as a whole up to this point. It is interesting to see the way King has come into his own as a Batman writer throughout the course of this series. Of course, the series rolls on, and I'm excited for more.

9.5
Batman (2016) #21

May 2, 2017

This was an awesome issue. The fight between Batman and Reverse Flash, with its second by millisecond countdown was totally fucking cool. Jason Fabok's art is killer here. Not a lot happens per se story-wise, but this provocative issue loads the bases for part two in "Flash" #21.

9.0
Batman (2016) #22

May 10, 2017

I'm really enjoying this. Not a whole lot of answers, but compelling nonetheless; I liked Bruce meeting with his father, Flashpoint Batman--it was very well done. The art by Jason Fabok is top notch. I'm looking forward to seeing how this shapes up in the finale.

9.0
Batman (2016) #25

Jul 20, 2017

This is a really interesting, and greatly structured, issue. Bruce's narration works to set up this flashback story. The scenes with the Joker auditioning stand-ups and the Riddler executing his escape from prison are great in creating a chilling atmosphere. And, Mikel Janin's art is simply phenomenal. Great start to this arc.

9.0
Batman (2016) #26

Jul 26, 2017

This issue is pretty great. The tension is high as Joker and Riddler wage war on one another. King's Joker is especially twisted. A stand-out in this series has been King's often unconventional choice of narration, and his choice for this issue really works. Add to that Mikel Janin's all-star artwork and this issue is a killer.

8.0
Batman (2016) #28

Aug 18, 2017

The opening scene, as Gordon is called to see both the Joker and the Riddler, respectively, is well done, but the rest of the issue features Batman providing exposition over colleges of action. Something like the battle between Deadshot and Deathstroke could have been told in a more exciting manner. Good, but the kind of issue that makes me wonder if this story needs 12 issues to play out.

9.0
Batman (2016) #29

Aug 25, 2017

The plot doesn't really advance here, and upon closer inspection, Batman's plan doesn't make a whole lot of sense, but, what the hell! I really enjoyed this. I liked the framing with the serving of the different dinner dishes, and the strangeness of the situation made it very intriguing and fun. Mikel Janin continues to kill it on art. A very different, enjoyable issue.

9.5
Batman (2016) #33

Nov 8, 2017

We're back in proper time after "The War of Jokes and Riddles," and this issue is an exciting kick off to the new arc. I'm a bit of a sucker for the idea of Batman and Catwoman being together, and I enjoyed their chemistry in this issue. It has funny moments in the Bat/Cat team-up as well as with Alfred and the Robins. Joelle Jones draws this issue, and she absolutely floored me. She shined on "Lady Killer" Parts I & II, "Superman: American Alien" #3, and "Supergirl: Being Super," and it's great to see her get a shot at DC's flagship title, right where she should be. Oh, and I love that final page! Can't wait for next ish.

10
Batman (2016) #34

Nov 13, 2017

Well, that was pretty fucking awesome. Opening the book to see the side-by-side splash pages, Batman and Catwoman back to back in front of a hoard of swordsmen, I was in awe. Joelle Jones is so talented, and here, in some panels, she seems to go for fewer lines, with more thick lines, a bit more cartoony, as evidenced in the double-page spread of Bat/Cat following the 2 splashes. I enjoyed the small bit with Damian and Dick, which was touching and threw back ever so slightly to their relationship in the Grant Morrison "Batman and Robin." I loved the depiction of Talia. I love that this whole arc reminds me of the classic Neal Adams art of "Batman" #244. This is a great book.

8.5
Batman (2016) #35

Nov 29, 2017

"The Rules of Engagement" finishes off in nice fashion, even if I think I liked the previous two issues of the arc a bit more than this one. Joelle Jones continues to excel on art here (I can't wait to see her next DC project) and the story is pretty fun, more dialogue and an extended fight scene. It stretches credulity a bit that Catwoman would be able to dispatch Nadia in sword work, but there are a lot of fun moments here.

8.0
Batman (2016) #36

Dec 19, 2017

This issue is pleasant enough, a loving exploration of Batman and Superman's high school crush on each other, but stands out mainly due to the awesome Clay Mann artwork. This book looks great. It's a testament to King's writing that he is able to surround himself with only the best artists, on every arc, of this Batman run.

9.0
Batman (2016) #38

Jan 10, 2018

Great detective story here, as Tom King continues his run of awesome one-shot issues. This is maybe a bit reminiscent of "The Kid Who Collected Spider-Man" from "Amazing" #248, but in a much different way, to understate things. I wasn't sure at the outset of the issue how Travis Moore's pencils worked for me, but I was soon really enjoying them and think he did a great job laying out the issue (though a lot of that could be King, i.e., nine panel grids, etc.) And the final panel kills it... awesome.

9.0
Batman (2016) #39

Jan 21, 2018

Sorry. I liked it. I saw the comments from fellow readers and was kind of surprised that this issue is provoking so much vitriol. I kind of understand some of the complaints, but would be disingenuous if I said I thought about any of that while reading and enjoying the issue. I like the idea of Batman and Wonder Woman, even as I really enjoy Bruce and Selena's relationship. And the art of Joelle Jones is, as always, breathtaking. This is a good read.

9.0
Batman (2016) #40

Feb 14, 2018

The comics internet collectively lost its shit when it looked like Batman and Wonder Woman might hook up last issue, but that issue is solved relatively quick in what is really a tale of love and fidelity. I found this to be an enjoyable read, but the real star of the issue is Joelle Jones. The two-page spread on pages 2 and 3 is absolutely gorgeous, and her facial work, the expressions of her characters, does as much as King's dialogue to bring impact and meaning to the story. She's one of the best.

9.0
Batman (2016) #41

Mar 7, 2018

This issue of "Batman" is a great read, in my opinion. The way King frames the story is great, and the art of Mikel Janin is awesome (check out the double-page spread of Ivy amidst a beautiful tangle of vegetation overtaking the city). This book is blessed to have several of the game's top artists working on it--this level of quality on a bi-weekly basis is incredible. Ivy here is rather omnipotent, which is perhaps a stretch of credulity, but I found myself not worrying about it and going with the story. It's a lot of fun.

8.0
Batman (2016) #42

Apr 3, 2018

This issue was all right, though I don't really buy Poison Ivy's power level, in taking over, well, the world, and in turn, Catwoman seems disproportionately powerful--how exactly does she defeat 3 Flashes in seconds?? Anyway, it was sorta cool and shocking to see Superman punch off half of Batman's face...and it looks really good. Just not one of the most interesting arcs in a series that has had few misses as of late.

8.0
Batman (2016) #43

Apr 4, 2018

This has not been a great arc, but putting aside the premise where Poison Ivy can control the whole world, and all the super beings (including aliens) on it with relative ease, I was pretty down with the issue until the end, where there is a surprise last minute revelation and Ivy is redeemed, so...yay. Seems kinda phoney, and kind of negates the seriousness of Ivy's suffering, I think. Hmm...what else? I guess Harley and Ivy are an item....I never knew, but all right, that's fine. This seems like a harsh review for an 8.0, but Tom King's excellence has established a precident. It doesn't have the same impact King's best Batman issues have. But its really good filler. Great looking art throughout makes the whole thing a lot more palatable.

8.5
Batman (2016) #44

Apr 24, 2018

I really enjoyed this issue, which follows Catwoman's search for the perfect wedding dress in a night on the town while Bruce sleeps, juxtaposed with scenes playfully exploring their changing relationship over the years. It's a fun issue, but the showstopper is the art; Joelle Jones beautifully handles the scenes with Catwoman's night, while Mikel Janin does these cool retro scenes that look absolutely great. Sorry, I'm shipping Batman/Catwoman.

6.0
Batman (2016) #45

May 9, 2018

Uhhh, I don't know what's going on here exactly, but I know I hate Booster Gold...I haven't read this guy since I was a kid, but I am unimpressed...no more alternate realities please...the ending was sort of a thing, I guess? Alright. When is this Booster Gold thing done again?

8.0
Batman (2016) #46

May 19, 2018

This issue is pretty ridiculous, but I had fun with it anyway. The ending surprised me and actually made me laugh because it was so unexpected; the Catwoman in this universe is apparently, if not mute, unable (or unwilling) to utter anything besides "Meow." The mystery of the Batman that showed up interests me, as did the world of adult Bruce alive in a world where his parents never died. It's tragic/hilarious that Booster Gold's plan goes where it does. So, I know it's silly and definitely not perfect, but I really liked it and I am wondering where it will go next.

6.5
Batman (2016) #47

Jun 12, 2018

This issue is a stand-off between angry gun Bruce Wayne trying to prevent the death of his parents, but really descends into an endless skit with Booster Gold being...uh...funny?...well something like that. And we get a bit of the suicide riff King keeps revisiting here to make it more tedious. This sounds like I'm a King-basher--quite the opposite, I've enjoyed his Batman run, in general, more than Snyder's. It's just that Tony Daniels can't stand with some of the other artists we've been getting on this title anymore, and Booster's presence makes this King's weakest arc. But I'm excited for the wedding, regardless of this kind of lame-duck story.

8.5
Batman (2016) #48

Jun 25, 2018

Judging from the comments that have preceded this one, hordes of Batman fans are absolutely up at arms about the direction Tom King has taken this book. However, I found this one pretty cool. I liked King's Joker, who talks up a fury in this issue, and is disjointed in just the right way. The opening pages are scary and stunning. I personally kind of enjoy an issue like this probing into the psyche of a character over some random action. It was interesting, and, with Janin on art, stunning to look at. I liked it a lot!

7.0
Batman (2016) #49

Jun 28, 2018

I get what King is going for here, with each page of Catwoman and the Joker lying in a pile of rubble, bleeding out, talking to each other treated as a separate segment--but what it lacks is the power of a real conversation, and one could argue that the Joker could never present a coherent argument, but it still seems sorta...gimmicky. And lacking real substance, and reading between the lines, there's nothing too deep here. There are some clever references to Batman past, but I wanted to like this more than I did. I must say, Mikel Janin made an issue with two characters lying in ruins conversing look really great. So, yep.

8.0
Batman (2016) #50

Jul 5, 2018

Wow, this issue is receiving a violent reaction from the fans here...I thought it was pretty good. First--yeah, it's a bit of a sham that the wedding doesn't even happen. Yeah, it was a bit of a letdown, and the idea that Catwoman steps away because Batman needs his misery to be who he is kind of shitty. But maybe that's true? Anyway, the art was absolutely great, with several pages that could be framed on the wall. The page where Bruce asks Alfred to be his best man (or whatever) was great...I don't really think people want to read the adventures of married Batman, if it would have gone down that way...I was entertained, loved a lot of the pin-up pics, and am gonna keep reading so...yup, I pretty much liked it.

7.5
Batman (2016) Annual #1

Dec 5, 2016

2 great stories by King and Finch and Snyder and Shalvy, and another one that's pretty good. Three out of five ain't bad...

8.5
Batman (2016) Annual #2

Dec 6, 2017

This is a really nice love story between Batman and Catwoman, tracing their relationship from its beginning to its end. Lee Weeks does a really spectacular job here, with Michael Lark also providing great pages. Batman is in the midst of a super strong run under Tom King...who'd of thought an annual, after reading so many throwaway annuals and specials, would be so good?

10
Batman: Creature of the Night #1

Jan 10, 2018

“Batman: Creature of the Night” is an enthralling read, an-Elseworlds style tale of a young Batman fan who suffers a similar death of his parents, falling into anger and grief. These feelings are manifested in a new, terrifying form of “Batman.” The art of John Paul Leon is amazing; in a cool bit he echoes the artistic style of early Batman comics, and in general, owns every page here. Busiek maintains mystery over the inature of this creature, whose appearance reminds me a bit of the demon in “Kill or be Killed.” I can’t wait to see where this goes.

9.5
Batman: Creature of the Night #2

Jan 23, 2018

This is an awesome series… It has the vibe of a great Batman tale, but is unlike any of the other Batman titles coming out right now. I am really enjoying Kurt Busiek’s story, as we see Bruce Wainwright coming to terms with what he has wrought, and John Paul Leon is incredible in terms of character and atmosphere. Great stuff.

8.5
Batman: White Knight #1

Oct 23, 2017

This is an interesting enough twist on the relationship and place of Batman and the Joker in an Elseworlds-type story. But what really won me over is the art of Sean Murphy. Moody, atmospheric stuff.

9.0
Batman: White Knight #2

Nov 13, 2017

This is a pretty fun, wild series by Sean Murphy ("Punk Rock Jesus"), and it's differentness is working for me right now. Once we get past a punishing opening of exposition, things pick up fast. Harley Quinn kind of steals the issue, as we get a meta look at two Harleys. Murphy's art is great. That cover is spectacular. I am more into "Batman: White Knight" than I am "Metal" right now.

8.0
Betty & Veronica (2016) #2

Nov 9, 2016

I am conflicted... The conceit of having Hot Dog emcee this comic doesn't work for me, and I don't like being so annoyed by Betty Cooper... but the art is incredible and I can't wait for the next issue...Waugh!

8.5
Betty & Veronica (2016) #3

Jun 21, 2017

This was a fun issue, a nice conclusion to the story. It was funny to see Betty Hulk-out, and, most importantly, it looked absolutely fantastic with Adam Hughes' art. I hope he sticks with this series, even if it means only 3 or so issues a year.

9.0
Bitch Planet #8

Nov 6, 2016

8.0
Bitch Planet #9

Nov 6, 2016

8.5
Bitch Planet #10

May 9, 2017

This was an exciting issue. It's the end of the second story arc, I think (?), but ends with a cool cliffhanger. I don't always remember exactly what's happening because this comes out pretty infrequently, but this was a pretty readable issue in it's own right. A highlight is the Valentine De Landro art, and the satirical women's mag article headlines on the back cover.

8.5
Black Bolt #2

Jun 15, 2017

"Black Bolt" #2 doesn't answer a whole lot of questions, but I like the supporting cast, and Christian Ward's art is absolutely out of this world. I'm a Black Bolt fan, so it's nice to get a dose of the character without being subjected to a series of insipid Nuhuman characters.

8.5
Black Cloud #1

Apr 24, 2017

This was interesting. I have no clue what is going on, but I want to know, so, to that end, it's an effective first issue. The standout is the great art of Greg Hinkle, who was amazing on "Airboy," and looks like he'll get an equal chance to shine here.

7.5
Black Cloud #2

May 29, 2017

I don't really have any idea what is going on here, but at least it was not boring. I understand that the writers are purposefully unveiling the story slowly, but I'm not sure if I'm down for a whole arc of this confusion. I am coming back for issue 3, in any case.

6.5
Black Cloud #3

Jun 26, 2017

Ehhh. After 3 issues, I suppose we get some kind of direction on what this story will be about, with the war or whatever, but not enough for me. It looks pretty good, but I just am not feeling the story. The narrative isn't giving me enough. The more I read of Jason Latour's writing, the more I am convinced it's just not for me. I love his art on "Southern Bastards," but this is just confusing me and not paying off for me.

9.0
Black Hammer #5

Nov 27, 2016

This is a great issue. Col. Wierd's tragic backstory is explored to great effect here. "Black Hammer" might be my favourite comic being released right now.

9.5
Black Hammer #6

Jan 14, 2017

Another great issue. I really liked the narrative frame Lemire sets up with Lady Dragonfly, kind of a nod to the old hosts of b-movie thrillers. And Dragonfly's chapter added another layer of mystery to the book. One of the great things about this title is the way that individual issues function on their own to get contribute to the greater work. In my opinion, "Black Hammer" is the most consistently awesome series coming out today.

9.0
Black Hammer #7

Mar 28, 2017

We finally are witness to the history of Black Hammer and his death. I love the Silver Age-style storytelling in this. Though the mystery remains, this issue is another great entry in what is possibly comics' best series right now.

9.5
Black Hammer #9

May 30, 2017

This series is so good; with Dean Ornstrom out, it might be a cause of some trepidation, but David Rubin does a great job filling in here on art. This story is a lot of fun, with a cool 1950s sci-fi vibe, and it is touching as well, as Colonel Weird is compelled to destroy his best friend. I am deeply intrigued by the mysteries that compel Weird, who sees the past and the future all as one, to act as he does. The best superhero comic coming out today is right here.

10
Black Hammer #10

Jul 2, 2017

I read the ending and, holy fuck! "Black Hammer" continues to be the best comic coming out today. There are multiple mysteries going on, and the whole book is filled with intrigue and characters that are so fleshed out they seem real. Add to this Dean Ormston's fantastic art and you've got a modern classic here.

8.5
Black Hammer #12

Sep 13, 2017

This is a bit of a placeholder issue, a background history of Lucy, but is still powerful and resonant and fits in with the grand narrative. David Rubin seems to be established as Dean Ormstrom's official back-up, and while nothing in quite as good in "Black Hammer" if it's not done by Ormstrom, he's a great choice.

9.0
Black Hammer #13

Oct 6, 2017

Things get more claustrophobic and helpless for our heroes, as life in isolation threatens to overtake them. An interesting look at Madam Dragonfly here, and an ending that promises the next arc carries on the excellence. Dean Ormstrom regains his rightful position as artist. "Black Hammer" looks and reads just great.

9.0
Black Hammer Annual #1

Jan 23, 2017

This was a fun look at the various team characters facing a mysterious alien force, held together by the dimension-travelling Colonel Weird. I really liked the old-school, 1960s feeling dialogue of the characters in the individual pieces, as they explained their powers and explained their actions. The format of the story lent itself to the various artists, and I was especially excited by Mike Allred's pages--his style so fit the retro space action of the young Colonel Weird, and the story even builds to a strange, haunting ending. If only all annuals hitting the shelves had this kind of quality.

8.5
Black Hammer: Age of Doom #1

May 5, 2018

"Black Hammer: Age of Doom" #1 is a good, entertaining read. It's nice to see Dean Ormstrom back on art, and it's nice to visit these characters again, but aside from the character work, not a lot goes on here. It's a bit slow. I did, however, find Lucy's placement in another mysterious environment which appears like an unescapable loop pretty cool. I feel a bit of momentum was lost in the interim between this and the last issue of "Black Hammer," along with the interceding spin-offs, but I am still definitely intrigued to see where the main title in this universe goes.

8.5
Black Hammer: Age of Doom #2

Jun 3, 2018

Though nothing really happens in this issue, I liked it. Lemire has given us characters that I find interesting and care about, so an issue that is mainly spent on these characters just talking to each other and being themselves is interesting. Lucy's journey is still pretty mysterious, but I love the addition of Jack Sabbath, and even though the plot doesn't really propel forward here, when I put down the book I knew I had a fun time reading it. So, is Lemire stalling on the plot a bit? Yeah. But this is a lot of fun. Oh, also, Dean Ormston is awesome. Great looking book!

8.0
Black Hammer: Age of Doom #3

Jun 28, 2018

Good issue of “Black Hammer: Age of Doom” in which we see some of the subplots that have been ambling along pick up momentum. Dean Ormston’s art is great here, with one really cool visual nod, and a creepily exciting final page.

9.0
Black Magick #9

Jan 5, 2018

I really liked this issue of “Black Magick,” as things slow down a bit to let Rucka and Scott further develop Rowan’s sense of confusion and amp up the tension for the next issue. Scott’s character “acting” is great, and so emotive. And, the ending was just gravy. Read this.

8.0
Black Panther (2016) #7

Oct 22, 2016

8.5
Black Panther (2016) #8

Nov 22, 2016

9.0
Black Panther (2016) #9

Jan 12, 2017

This is a fascinating, complex look at the conflict tearing Wakanda apart. I have been hot-and-cold with this series, but this issue is poignant and riveting, and I am anxiously awaiting what comes next.

9.0
Black Panther (2016) #10

Jan 31, 2017

I read this after a couple of issues of different titles I criticized for being all talk. This issue of "Black Panther" consists mainly of dialogue, but it is powerful and interesting and successfully sets the stage for the conclusion of an arc that has been bubbling for 10 issues. This is really well done.

8.5
Black Panther (2018) #1

Jun 1, 2018

I really enjoyed issue #1 of the new "Black Panther" by Ta-Nehisi Coates and Daniel Acuna. This comic is really suspenseful and action packed, creating some very interesting questions to create a really great hook for a first issue. The mood and tone of the book are super cool, as I found I was really drawn into this new galactic world while I read this issue. Acuna's action scenes have a great sense of movement, flow and momentum, really great sequential storytelling in these scenes. I tried to like the last "Black Panther" series, but I eventually just found it too...thick, if you know what I mean? Too stuffed with ideas to really work as a narrative. But this issue is a fantastic new chance to get into T'Challa...highly recommended!

9.5
Black Science #27

Jan 21, 2017

This series never fails to surprise me with its wild twists and turns. We are plunged into a group superhero comic with The League of Ethical Champions, only to have the book end with an apocalyptic climax. Remender continues to keep this comic exhilaratingly fun, and Matteo Scalero is just perfect on art. This is great stuff.

8.5
Black Science #28

Feb 21, 2017

I really liked the old school superteam vibe and story writing style here, as this issue features "The Legion of Ethical Champions," a group it would be fun to follow in their own right. Alas!

8.5
Black Science #29

May 9, 2017

Another excellent issue of "Black Science"...What more is there to say? Grant is making a long-awaited comeback here as Remender and Scalera continue to produce what is consistently one of the best comics coming out today

9.0
Black Science #33

Nov 29, 2017

This issue is excellent, which is no surprise, since every issue of "Black Science" is excellent. This is action-packed, but not at the expense of character development or dialogue, which Remender does in his sleep. This is an emotional issue as well as one of the cast doesn't make it out alive, and the stakes are generally raised across the board. Powerfully drawn by Matteo Scalera. As always. So, yeah.

9.0
Black Science #35

May 24, 2018

"Black Science" #35 begins the final arc of this epic saga, and it starts with an issue focused on character and emotion...what we have here essentially boils down to a therapy session as Grant must face his failures, and Sarah must face her reliance on men like Grant in her life. It's pretty powerful stuff, but it is also a great and suspenseful read. It's easy to forget how amazing a series like this is when it is pretty much awesome every issue...but wow, look at Scalera's art, feel the depth (and shallowness!) of the characters...this book is a great one.

9.0
Black Widow (2016) #9

Jan 10, 2017

Great action scenes in this issue, particularly the in-silhouette fight scene. I love to see the Bucky/Natasha team-up, and the cliffhanger was very intriguing. Excellent comic.

9.5
Black Widow (2016) #10

Feb 6, 2017

This is a great issue. Chris Samnee is destroying the world on the art in this book. I loved the retro space ship Widow and Bucky take to the moon. And speaking of Widow and Bucky...I still pine for the days when they were a couple, and the interplay between them here was sweet. Not to mention that the children of the Red Room are terrible badasses. This is a damn fine comic book.

9.0
Black Widow (2016) #11

Feb 14, 2017

Every issue of this series is great. Check the panel where Natasha stands over shattered glass, each piece with a classic-Marvel image reflecting her past, and the shard she is standing on reflecting the little-girl assassin she once was. I have to stop thinking about the fact that this series has only one issue left and just enjoy it. But why, one issue left, why!?!

9.0
Black Widow (2016) #12

Apr 7, 2017

Things come together a little too easy here, but goddamn, this was a great series. It has been unlike almost anything else on the stands, as each issue offered a treatise on how to tell a story through comic art, sequential art--his pacing of action, his rendering of emotion through movement--Chris Samnee was an absolute powerhouse here. Of course the dialogue by Waid was excellent, but this just succeeded as well as it did by Samnee's unparalleled skill as a comic maker. I am going to miss this.

8.0
Bloodshot U.S.A. #3

Jan 15, 2017

I was somewhat confused for much of this issue, but I think it rounds into shape; I'm new to Valiant, so even reading the synopsis of previous events in the opening two pages was dizzying, but I get enough to feel the connection between Bloodshot and Kay. It felt like a weird detour at times, but I've got a better sense of the characters heading into the conclusion.

9.0
Bloodshot U.S.A. #4

Feb 10, 2017

This was an action-packed and emotional conclusion to "Bloodshot U.S.A.", a series that managed to pack a whole lot of story and thrills into four issues. Strong work by Lemire and Brathwaite.

8.5
Bone Parish #1

Aug 7, 2018

I wasn't sure what to think about halfway through this book, but by the end I was, "Okay, that's pretty awesome." I'm a fan of Cullen Bunn's work, from his old Magneto series a few years ago to "Harrow County," which has just concluded. It's an interesting concept, the ending is super cool, and the art is top notch. I've never heard of Mustafa Karusu, but this comic looks great. I'm excited for the next issue!

9.0
Britannia (2016): We Who Are About to Die #2

May 26, 2017

The second series of "Britannia" continues to impress, as the mystery carries Antonius into the gladiator's arena. This is fast paced, with interesting dialogue and characterization. Man, Nero is an asshole! This series is not like anything else out there right now, and is the stronger because of it.

8.0
Britannia (2016): We Who Are About to Die #3

Jun 30, 2017

This series continues to be pretty damn good, though I feel it to be the least effective of the 7 issues (this series and last) so far. I loved the first half of the book with Achillia; it, and she, are awesome. So, when it comes to the Detectioner going on the hunt to find his boy, I was less interested. The statue of Apollo come to life struck a bit incredulous, which is weird, since this book is filled with the wyrd. That being said, I am looking forward to the next issue, and many beyond that; I just think Achillia is too interesting a character to be shelved.

6.0
Cable (2017) #1

Jun 6, 2017

After a pretty great run with "Scarlet Witch," and a very solid start to "Nick Fury," I was looking forward to this, but it falls pretty flat. The action didn't really move me, and there wasn't much beside that. Pacheco's pencils were okay, but not as strong as I recalled. Overall, pretty "meh."

6.5
Cable (2017) #5

Oct 6, 2017

I have the last few issues of "Cable" in various piles around my house, and rather than hunt them down, I just read #5 on its own. It was mild fun. The art seems like a throwback to generic Marvel art of the 80s...not good, not bad, but solid. While I enjoyed a few moments (Cable enlists the support of dinosaurs!), I can't help but think a series featuring Cable should be more bad-assed.

7.5
Cage (2016) #1

Oct 8, 2016

8.0
Cage (2016) #2

Nov 28, 2016

This is silly, but fun

8.5
Captain America (2017) #695

Nov 10, 2017

This issue is a nice, if not a bit saccharine, look at Cap returning to a town he saved long ago to find some love he has lost in recent times. The story is a bit slight, so Chris Samnee's art really shines as the star here--his art style here is pretty minimalist and pretty great. I feel a bit, however, like this isn't really something I want for 6 issues--a drawn-out apology for "Secret Empire"--but I'm counting on the creative team to keep things interesting.

8.5
Captain America (2017) #696

Dec 19, 2017

I'm not entirely wild about Steve's post-"Secret Empire" journey across America, but I ended up really enjoying this issue. The Swordsman turned out to be a pretty cool villain and the moment with Steve at the dam summoning every ounce of his strength played a bit like Lee and Ditko's legendary "Amazing Spider-Man" #33. Chris Samnee's art here continues to be spectacular, leaving me surprisingly excited for the next step in Steve's journey.

10
Captain America (2017) #697

Jan 23, 2018

Chris Samnee delivers a master class in sequential art in this issue—the storytelling from panel to panel (i.e., Cap vs a Jaguar, the momentum of Kraven’s traps. Samnee and Waid have created magic together for a long time, but their Marvel-method style on “Black Widow” and now “Cap” seems both fresh and timeless. Great book.

9.0
Captain America (2017) #698

Feb 22, 2018

This issue kicks off an interesting arc that finds Cap unthawed in a future in which 9/10 of the people on earth have died, all the heroes are gone, and America lay in ruin...seven years from now! This kind of sci-fi twist is cool, and the Waid/Samnee run continues to be refreshingly simple and awesome. Speaking of awesome, has Samnee ever been better than this? His storytelling is great, and his style reminds me of David Mazzuchelli's version of Cap in "Daredevil" all those years ago. With all the turmoil behind the scenes at Marvel, there are hints that this run will soon end (issue #700)...that sucks, but I'm going to appreciate this while its here.

9.0
Captain America (2017) #699

Apr 8, 2018

From the fantastic, retro cover to the last page, this issue is amazing. Mark Waid and Chris Samnee's Captain America is so definitively Captain America, it's crazy. This is the Steve Rogers we have known for so long. The story, with the creepy weird-headed villain is silly, but awesome comic book silly. I loved the appearances from The Thing and Banner Hulk (who arrives with no explanation of what's going on in "The Avengers," and that's okay). Ben calls Mr. Fantastic "big-brained Reed." Classic. I think this series is the one that really got to the heart of what Marvel was trying to achieve with "Legacy." It has all the warm and tingly things old school Marvel fans like me love. And I can't fail to mention the art--Chris Samnee is possibly the best in the business. His work here is classic cartooning, skillfully capturing movement and momentum in his sequencing. And old school sound effects. This comic is fuckin' great.

8.5
Captain America (2017) #701

May 20, 2018

This issue is weird, but I also really liked it. I found the artwork of Adam Hughes, even if it only was 4 pages, to be gorgeous, and I also really liked Leonardo Romero's kind of Chris Samnee/Darwyn Cooke style. The part where Jack gets caught in the office and has to escape is so well drawn--it's just excellent. This may be kind of an Elseworlds thing, but that doesn't matter to me. It seems like an interesting way to wrap up this series before the new one relaunches soon.

8.5
Captain America (2017) #702

Jun 6, 2018

I am enjoying this story, even if it will be lost in the annals of comic time as the brief interim before the death of a series and its rebirth. But this is suspenseful and a lot of fun. I am really liking the art, as Romero has a Samnee-esque style I really like, and getting to see Chayken draw Marvel again was really cool. I'm digging on this.

7.5
Captain America (2017) #703

Jun 17, 2018

I have been enjoying this arc, but this issue fell a little flat for me. I did really enjoy seeing Alan Davis' pencils for 5 or so pages, a really great scene which reminded me of Neal Adams' art. I'm also digging Romero here, but I think I'm almost ready for the Cap relaunch. I don't object to this Cap-free arc, but this one felt a bit like filler.

8.0
Captain America (2017) #704

Aug 8, 2018

I see that this arc is getting little love from fans or critics, but I enjoyed this kind of "Elseworlds" story. I was captivated by pretty much the whole arc, and this issue is a fittingly good ending. Leonardo Romero's art is a good fit for this story, and while it may not "matter" because there's no Steve Rogers, how much do most individual issues or plotlines of a comic series matter anyway? I liked this.

9.0
Captain America: Sam Wilson #14

Oct 22, 2016

6.0
Captain America: Sam Wilson #15

Nov 21, 2016

After last issue's heavy events, a change of pace is due--it's just not that interesting or funny

8.0
Captain America: Sam Wilson #16

Jan 14, 2017

I enjoyed this issue as a close-up of Misty Night. Her narration and the look at her past was fun. It would have been better had she faced a real threat instead of the cheesy Slug with his silly ploy to exploit women; Misty is painted as a real badass, but Spencer throws her at a third-rate foe. I did enjoy the glimpse of Rosario Dawson/Claire.

5.5
Captain America: Sam Wilson #17

Jan 24, 2017

This attempted parody of right wrongheadedness and leftist extremism is overly simplistic and silly. The art is pedestrian The colouring is an orange-tinged muck. This is not a good comic.

9.0
Captain America: Sam Wilson #18

Jan 27, 2017

After a few issues dealing mostly with the supporting cast, Sam Wilson returns to the forefront here, and the result is a very strong issue. Sam deals with the weight of doing right as Captain America, suppress the truth to avoid turmoil or unveil the corruption of the system. This issue takes on a bit of added weight in the fact that the advice of Steve Rogers may be in the service of H.Y.D.R.A.'s interests. Deep issue, aided also by the return of Daniel Acuna, whose art is superb here.

8.0
Captain America: Sam Wilson #25

Aug 15, 2017

This is a pivotal part to the main plot of "Secret Empire," so perhaps that is where this story should have taken place, as the tides are finally starting to turn. A good read with good art.

7.5
Captain America: Steve Rogers #6

Oct 26, 2016

8.5
Captain America: Steve Rogers #7

Nov 11, 2016

After a few iffy issues this book is really picking up steam...loved the surprise ending.

9.0
Captain America: Steve Rogers #8

Jan 10, 2017

I really liked this issue; it may be a slow burn, but for me, the intrigue continues to build. I must say I am fascinated by the machinations of Hydra-Cap, and Spencer's story is offset by awesome Jesus Saiz art. This is shaping into a strong series.

6.5
Captain America: Steve Rogers #9

Jan 22, 2017

This issue was interesting, but ultimately fails to deliver, unless the purpose is to get me to grow more annoyed by Maria Hill. Her closing argument/presentation/blackmail attempt (?) stretched credulity to the point of seeming a parody (as anything referencing the building of a wall must now seem). At least this leads to the verdict which is...oh, yeah. Okay. No verdict. Right. This is a step back.

6.0
Captain America: Steve Rogers #10

Jan 31, 2017

I have been fascinated by the idea of a Hydra-agent Cap moreso than the actual execution of the idea. It seems to have led to a lot of issues in which we get to see characters gathered...to talk. And talk. Occasionally captivating, all too often boring. I feel that Spencer is a bit too in love with having his characters debate, give speeches, and converse. This is not all bad, of course, except that there is no action to offer a reprieve from it. And the art here was pretty substandard. Jesus Saiz' name is on it, but I can't see anything here that looks like his art. Disappointing issue.

8.0
Captain America: Steve Rogers #11

Feb 21, 2017

Continues to raise the stakes of Cap's villainy. Jesus Saiz makes it look great. The dark intrigue is building to a boil before "Secret Empire" begins.

7.5
Captain America: Steve Rogers #12

Feb 28, 2017

This series has, after it's shocking intro, been all about the slow build, and that doesn't change here. That said, I found it interesting, and while this book isn't the same without Jesus Saiz, Javier Pina fills in admirably.

8.0
Captain America: Steve Rogers #13

Mar 14, 2017

I liked the focus on Zemo here...his scenes questioning Bob in the apartment are well done. The art here is a good fill in for Jesus Saiz...Ted Brandt and Ro Stein give this book a nice look. Relentlessly, we march towards "Secret Empire," but this issue of the series was one of the better ones.

8.0
Captain America: Steve Rogers #14

Mar 28, 2017

Each issue of this book threatens redundancy by only being a lead up to "Secret Empire," but this issue was intriguing nonetheless, as Hydra's forces consolidate. An interesting ending has me looking forward to the next issue.

6.5
Captain America: Steve Rogers #15

Apr 12, 2017

It's not bad. It's fine. The art isn't terrible. It's passable. I'm just tired of endless set-up and want the goddam story to begin already. So, there you go.

6.5
Captain America: Steve Rogers #16

Apr 28, 2017

Well, I read "Secret Empire" #0 first, so...whatever. Now that the event is started, can we finally be done with the fucking flashbacks of young Hydra Steve? I wonder if I need to even keep buying this in the midst of "Secret Empire." I have decided that I don't need to know anything the main title doesn't tell me.

5.0
Captain America: Steve Rogers #17

May 30, 2017

Exposition! Filling in gaps! Characters acting against type! Heavy-handedness! Shitty, substandard art! It's "Steve Rogers: Captain America," the title that always leaves me with the question, why the fuck am I reading this?

6.0
Captain America: Steve Rogers #18

Jun 27, 2017

A not-quite but sorta terrible issue. Steve goes full-fascist, grimacing and pounding his fist in a speech warning all others they shall fall in Hydra's wake if they do not comply. I thought it was a bit over-done. I did like the appearance from Black Panther, which provided the highlight of the issue. I don't think Steve has been characterized consistently over this event, sometimes earnestly wishing the world would see the truth he knows in some, sometimes a finger-wagging, overblown tyrant, like here. The art rose a bit above the wretched levels of the last couple of issues at least. So, yeah, it only kinda sucked.

8.5
Catwoman (2018) #1

Jul 11, 2018

I enjoyed "Catwoman" #1 quite a bit. Joelle Jones' art is absolutely gorgeous--her backgrounds, her facial expressions, the movement in her panels--she's one of the best in comics. The story worked for me as well--Jones only addresses the wedding in subtle ways through the story, not giving us explicit explanation of why she did what she did, so that the plot with the Catwoman imposters and the heaviness of what just happened (or didn't happen) with the wedding work together well. Of course this series is in my pull list--this is gonna be pretty cool.

8.0
Catwoman: Election Night #1  
7.5
Cave Carson Has A Cybernetic Eye #1

Oct 21, 2016

7.5
Cave Carson Has A Cybernetic Eye #3

Jan 18, 2017

Interesting, action-packed book that nevertheless isn't quite grabbing me the way the rest of the Young Animal books are.

8.0
Cave Carson Has A Cybernetic Eye #4

Jan 27, 2017

This was an interesting, fast-paced issue, with some powerful moments (Cave confronts the corpse, Mad Dog almost turns his gun on himself). It is visually interesting, as with the scene when one character has her head swiftly removed from her body. I must say, though, that I am not really sure what is going on with the ending, and the...milking? Yeah. So...

8.5
Champions (2016) #1

Oct 10, 2016

8.5
Champions (2016) #2

Nov 6, 2016

9.0
Champions (2016) #4

Jan 22, 2017

This series is a whole lot of fun, and the team members have great chemistry. I like that the issues are more or less self-contained, a rarity in today's comic world. Humberto Ramos style is a great fit for the vibe of this book. "Champions" is one to look out for.

7.5
Champions (2016) #5

Feb 10, 2017

This issue continues in the social justice vein, but adds Gwenpool as...kind of a counterpoint, I guess? Anyway, they have to convince her to kind of think before blowing things up. One great aspect of the kind of one-off nature of this series means that she is gone; this is my first exposure to this character, and my response is a resounding "Ehhhh....."

7.0
Champions (2016) #6

Mar 8, 2017

This is a fun story during the team building paintball game, but as soon as the Freelancers come around, things thud to a halt. This group must be Mark Waid parodying childish supervillainy, mentally abusing homeless men. And framing the Champions for being...mean to the homeless, I guess. To destroy their public image. Meh.

7.5
Champions (2016) #7

May 2, 2017

I really enjoyed this issue until the last two pages, where Waid shifts the focus back on the Freelancers striking deep in the heart of the Champions by making them look like heartless land barons. It's kind of stupid, in my opinion. And I like Ms. Marvel in her own series...here, she's a little much, having a near mental breakdown over the group's reputation being disparaged on twitter. Oh well, there's nothing to do but sigh and wait for the next issue, because despite my complaints, it's still too good not to stick with. I'd just like Waid to tone down the overbearing social justice themes that have become this series' driving force.

6.5
Champions (2016) #8

May 15, 2017

This series is going south for me a bit. I honestly found this issue pretty annoying as the group gets upset over someone cashing in their brand, casting them as sell-outs. It seems...I don't know, trivial? Stupid? I like this group, and moments like Amadeus and Scott, but I still find the characterization of Kamala to be off here. In her own book, she is mature and thoughtful, in this book she has no control over her emotions and is just kind of annoying. Hopefully we can move on to something a bit more significant than the Champions image control.

8.0
Champions (2016) #9

Jun 13, 2017

Well, this was pretty good, my favourite "Champions" in a few issues. I liked the cab ride with Viv and the driver, and the Red Locust was entertaining enough, though I thought of "Kick Ass" for some reason. I kind of groaned when I saw that she will probably join the team as a permanent member, but, okay, whatever.

8.0
Champions (2016) #10

Jul 20, 2017

This issue uses a situation from "Secret Empire" to plunge the Champions (or 3 of them) into action; it turns out to be an okay issue, as they find their youthful optimism regarding the freeing of refugees disrupted by the complexities of the situation. It turns out to be a solid issue of a series that can be infuriatingly inconsistent.

8.5
Chew #59

Nov 6, 2016

9.0
Chew #60

Nov 29, 2016

Strong ending to a fantastic series...the pages where Tony re-lives moments from the whole series, his whole life, are amazing. What a great series!

8.5
Civil War II #6

Oct 26, 2016

7.0
Civil War II #7

Nov 28, 2016

"Strong" issue in a muddled mess of a series. Emphasis on the quotation marks around strong.

3.0
Civil War II #8

Jan 9, 2017

Thank f**k it's over. All I have to do now is not gag while Marvel continues to try to push the fascist Captain Marvel down our throats, calling her the most popular character in the universe, paying no attention to the reality that this series made her the most hated. Yecchh. Terrible.

5.5
Civil War II: The Oath #1

Jan 31, 2017

This book was frustrating, an issue as comatose as Tony Stark himself. It is an endless series of talking heads, but nothing being said is original or relevatory. It again features blind stubbornness from Captain Marvel, and Miles Morales' Spider-Man lurking around lamenting the future. I don't know why I expected different. This has me feeling trepidatious for "Secret Empire," mostly because it is just boring, and none of these characters are likeable. The vision that closes the book was undeniably cool and haunting, but nothing about this issue suggests that this event won't be as desperately mired in self-absorbed contemplation, and contemplation that comes to no end, as "Civil War II" was.

10
Clean Room #12

Oct 8, 2016

Fantastic horror. Things come to a head in perhaps the best issue of "Clean Room" yet. A must-read.

7.0
Clean Room #13

Nov 11, 2016

A bit of a lull after the momentous events of issue 12, this is an uneven issue that misses Davis-Hunt's art. Creepy-good ending, though.

7.5
Clean Room #15

Jan 9, 2017

Solid issue, but doesn't really move the overall story. Some of Sanya Anwar's panels really shine. I look forward to seeing more from her in the future.

8.0
Clean Room #18

Jun 15, 2017

I really liked this series, for the most part, and this issue is no exception. It does feel like everything wrapped a little too quickly, something having more to do with the business of comics I think than Gail Simone's plan for the series. Anyway, I found the character of Astrid the most interesting part in this series, and she shines in defeating the demons here. I like the ending of the novel, and even though the overall story didn't play out in as much depth as I expected, it's good enough.

8.0
Come Into Me #1

Mar 25, 2018

This book is fuckin' creepy, man. It is a little bit unsettling in its weirdness, which is good thing for a horror book, I think.

8.5
Come Into Me #2

May 11, 2018

"Come Into Me" raises some interesting ideas about identity and body and privacy, but the real thing that makes it stand out is that it is fucking creepy. This is some really unsettling shit.

8.5
Cosmic Ghost Rider (2018) #1

Jul 5, 2018

I read this and gave it a pretty harsh 6.5 review, but I read it again a few days later, took more time with it, and I kind of think my first review was way off. I did really enjoy this the second time I read it (the first time I read it digitally, because my copy hadn't come in the mail yet). I liked the introduction, showing the history of the character without heavy exposition, and I like the fact that he's unfit for Valhalla, and Baby Thanos...this could be cool. I really missed the bus on this with my first read, but now I'm pretty excited for what's coming next.

8.5
Curse Words #1

Jan 21, 2017

"Curse Words" is a bit of a silly book, but Wizord seems like a fun character. I enjoyed the glimpse we got of his world, and I wonder just where he stands on an earthly moral scale. Is he evil, or just a superficial jerk?

7.0
Curse Words #2

Feb 28, 2017

This was okay. A come down from the first issue, though. I didn't care for the art, and the story was okay in fits and spurts. I don't know if I'm going to keep going with it. I'm on the fence.

7.5
Daredevil (2015) #13

Nov 11, 2016

I've enjoyed Muse as a villain, and found this storyline enjoyable, but my interest in this particular issue flagged a bit with its focus on Blindspot.

7.5
Daredevil (2015) #15

Jan 22, 2017

This is an interesting issue. Coming off of the fantastic last arc, this deals with the fallout. "Matt Murdock" has placed a bounty on Daredevil's life, and I'm not sure why. Is it only to draw out foes to beat them senseless in guilty rage? I assume that there is more to it than this, but this is pure speculation.

9.0
Daredevil (2015) #16

Feb 3, 2017

This is my favourite "Daredevil" issue in a long time. I was hesitant about this whole thing of Matt putting out a hit on himself, and for a while though I was dealing with the "I Am Suicide" Daredevil edition, but Charles Soule masterfully handled the back half of this comic to remind me why Daredevil is an awesome character. That he was always trying to stop Bullseye's bullet was a great touch. This is an excellent comic.

9.0
Daredevil (2015) #18

Mar 20, 2017

This was a riveting issue. It was cool to see The Purple Man, who I don't really know from the comics so much as "Jessica Jones" on Netflix. But he is terrifying here as he was there. The ending of this issue leaves me hanging on anxiously for the next. Charles Soule seems to have Daredevil down, and Ron Garney's raw art style is the perfect fit for this character and this story. Impressive stuff.

6.0
Daredevil (2015) #19

Apr 27, 2017

Ehh. I didn't really like this issue. No real depth or insight on Matt from Charles Soule here. Maybe the whole thing was marred for me by the art, which was pedestrian at best. Where's Ron Garney? It's not terrible, but it's mediocre.

7.0
Daredevil (2015) #21

Jun 13, 2017

The end of all crime in NY! Because the legal system! Um, yeah, Matt...let's get serious. This issue was kind of not great. I found the idea of Matt dancing around acting out action scenes for Echo to be a bit ludicrous. Not really a super-fan of Sudzuka's art, especially after Garney. Can't say I'm exactly looking forward to this plotline.

4.5
Daredevil (2015) #22

Jul 20, 2017

This comic, and the premise behind it, are fucking stupid. Matt's thinking that having heroes testify in court will stop crime is ridiculous, as is the idea of someone anonymously testifying in a uniform. The idea of having Matt prove he's Daredevil for the court is a dumb gimmick. The defence attorney is a cliche, as are all the other courtroom players. The Sudzuka art is average at best. I am thinking I need to just drop this title and come around when Charles Soule is gone. I hated this.

8.5
Dark Days: The Forge #1

Jun 23, 2017

I'm not entirely sure what's going on here, but I enjoyed this nonetheless; it's building up to something, and my interest grew throughout the issue until the climax, which left me "Huh?" but again, excited to figure out what's happening. There are several of DCs heroes who don't have books currently popping up, which didn't excite me as much as I figure it excited DC heads, but it made this feel more exotic and interesting. As I a Marvel guy, I thought the deep-DC cast might be alienating, but that wasn't so. I may not know much about Hackman, but I've read the Outsiders and Mr. Miracle before. I expected the art changes to be jarring, and was surprisingly not jarred--the book looked good throughout. So, I am down with DCs first big event. This was a fun read.

7.0
Dark Days: The Casting #1

Jul 19, 2017

I sort of liked 2 of the 3 parts of the story here, but found it was burdened by a lot of explanatory dialogue on ominous warning of darkness and destruction. And the narration during the Hackman part was boring mumbo-jumbo. That being said, I don't know shit about Hawkman...but this did not inspire me to learn more. The Jim Lee cover and his third of the art looked nice. So, yeah.

7.0
Dark Knight III: The Master Race #7

Jan 11, 2017

Not a bad comic. It builds to what should be an exciting final issue (I think issue 8 is the end...?) For a Batman title, this has very little to do with Batman, though, and I had no idea wtf was going on in the mini-comic with Green Lantern's floating severed hand, but...yeah.

6.0
Dark Knight III: The Master Race #8

Apr 7, 2017

No, this isn't a good comic, but it is amusing in a peculiar kind of way. We continue in this issue with a lot of Kubert's imitation Dark Knight Miller art, and it's okay, I guess...? The mini-comic is a showcase on how rough actual Frank Miller art has become, but, it, er, features the return of Bruno, a.k.a. Nazi-tits? I can't say don't buy this because I laid down $5.99 for every issue so far and will do so again for the finale. So, there you go...

7.5
Dark Knight III: The Master Race #9

Jun 15, 2017

Well, this didn't all amount to much, but this issue in itself is a solid conclusion. It seems to set the table for more Dark Knight, which is, well, um...yeah. It had it's charming moments, like Batman warming to the new Batwoman, and the surprisingly optimistic mini-comic, with Miller pencils that didn't look horrifically distorted. So, there it is.

8.5
Dark Nights: Metal #1

Aug 29, 2017

I'm not fully invested in the fringe characters of the DCU (yes, including Hawkman), so a bit of this may be lost on me. I wasn't sure about the start of the book, and the big Voltron moment, but by the end I had warmed up to this story and was having a good time. Part of this was a surprising, and thrilling, final page. I'm skipping everything but the main title for this, so I just hope it can deliver a coherent enough story without all the supplementary stuff. Good art, interesting script, a pretty entertaining book.

9.0
DC / Looney Tunes: Batman/Elmer Fudd #1

Jun 29, 2017

Well, this was surprising. Tom King's clever script immerses us in the world of Porky's bar, and introduces us to a group of lowlives resembling the Warner Bros gang. He cleverly interjects pieces of dialogue from the cartoon, a wink to all of us who watched Loony Tunes as kids. The story is serious enough to be very interesting, though, and Lee Weeks does a great job with the art; there is a dark, brooding mood to the visuals. Sometimes comics are more fun when they catch you off guard, and I ended up having a great deal of fun with something I assumed would be a throwaway.

7.0
DC Nation (2018) #0

May 12, 2018

The story with the Joker awaiting his invitation to Batman and Catwoman's wedding is beyond awesome--it is a tightrope throughout, but I also felt the nervous tension made it more funny as well, in a weird way--Tom King does a great job of capturing the Joker's disconnectedness from reality. It's a bit different than most of the takes I've seen on the Joker lately, which was interesting. The Clay Mann art here was also incredible. Tom King continues to show himself to be a master of short tales--he has done a number of great one-shots in "Batman," and this and other shorter stories like "Good Boy" show he can tell a great story in even a limited number of pages. So, I loved this story. There were also two other stories that were noisy with dialogue, and busy in design, and boring in character. I kind of was reduced to skipping by the end of the last two stories because they were dull and I didn't care. I've come to realize that I have grown to really dislike Scott Snyder's bombastic post-Batman stuff. "Heavy Metal" was an incomprehensible mess, and it seems like most of Snyder's writing in the last couple years leans in that direction. This used to be a guy who could tell stories with subtlety. His new stuff, it's not for me. But 25 cents for a wicked Tom King/Clay Mann Joker short? Fuck yeah!

9.0
Dead Inside #1

Jan 12, 2017

Strong first issue for this crime thriller. We get introduced to Caruso, who Arcudi paints as wounded by the past, with an ex who is a good man that had to move on, a failed career, and suggestions of a drinking problem. She's not a stereotype though; she works as a strong lead. I'm interested in the case, and the surprise ending raises has me curious for the next issue. I wasn't always 100% for art at first, but the style and colouring do a good job establishing atmosphere. Definitely a good read.

8.0
Dead Inside #2

Feb 13, 2017

Solid issue keeps the murder mystery interesting. The art distracted me more here than in the first issue, but I'm sticking with this to see how it goes for sure. I also want to find out the full story on our protagonist, Caruso.

7.0
Dead Inside #3

Feb 27, 2017

The mystery continues to build in this inside-job cop prison murder story. I'm not sure what's going on, but I'm gonna keep reading to find out.

9.5
Deadly Class #23

Nov 5, 2016

10
Deadly Class #25

Jan 9, 2017

Remender and Craig pack so much in each issue...the compact panelling makes this a denser read than many books, with multiple twists and turns guiding the crazy action. I threatened to quit this series at the end of the last arc when Remender killed Marcus, but I am sure glad my threats were empty. This continues to be one of the very best series in comics.

9.0
Deadly Class #26

Feb 7, 2017

A bit of a different direction for this issue, which is all about the action--and these action scenes are rendered beautifully by Wes Craig. If any series should have an action issue poetic in its depiction is this. This, along with a killer ending promising much more to come. This series is brilliant.

9.0
Deadly Class #27

Apr 11, 2017

We find out more of the origin of Saya in another outstanding issue of "Deadly Class." Remender and Wes Craig continue to dominate with this series, which is possibly the best in comics right now. "Deadly Class" is incredible.

9.0
Deadly Class #28

May 30, 2017

Things slow down a bit here, but the tension continues to build. I loved Maria's reaction to Marcus' trademark descent into nihilism ("Nothing good stays good") and the scene of Marcus talking with ghost-Willie on the beach was well done. Also, it feels like a reckoning is coming with the power couple at the school. Remender can easily handle issues like this where characterization dominates, and Wes Craig, as always, draws the hell out of it.

9.0
Deadly Class #29

Jul 18, 2017

This is an interesting issue, full of conversation musical and cultural expropriation, and race divisions. It's a great calm-before the storm issue, as Remender continues to flesh out these characters in an interesting, funny, and sometimes sometimes touching way. And Wes Craig rocks.

8.0
Deadly Class #30

Sep 12, 2017

This issue is a road trip story, but lacks the insane action the road trip in issues of #4-5 of the book. Granted, there is no acid, but still. The arguing about race and power dragged a bit for me--generally interesting, but it feels like Remender's done the exact same thing already. This is still a good comic, it just doesn't hit the lofty heights most issues of "Deadly Class" do.

10
Deadly Class #31

Nov 3, 2017

I loved this issue, a big pickup from last issue which kind of tread water. And sure, seeing these kids get all fucked up on drugs is not exactly new, but this issue is exciting as hell as things fly to this arc's conclusion. This issue has a lot going on while still taking time for the dialogue and character building that make this one of the best series in comics. And...Wes Craig absolutely destroys the universe with his art here. He is working in a different stratosphere than most artists. This is going away for 4 months, but I can't wait for the return.

9.0
Deadly Class #32

Apr 4, 2018

A new arc kicks off in this issue of “Deadly Class,” as we pick up the action in what seems to be Frank Miller’s “Dark Knight.” In just one of the awesome things in this book, Remender and Craig mirror the voice and physical action of Miller’s seminal work, as our heroes face a cascading onslaught of ninjas. Craig is insanely good at laying out action scenes that flow naturally and logically. This issue is pure “Deadly Class,” grabbing the reader by the throat early and not letting go.

9.0
Deadly Class #33

Apr 18, 2018

"Deadly Class" #33 is a pretty awesome comic, and a pretty awesome second chapter of an arc. The issue opens with Saya and her brother in a hard-core brutal scene...this book is not for the faint of heart! Then, Marcus and Victor engage in a fight that is awesomely portrayed by Wes Craig, who never fails to make this book look amazing--the sequencing of the fight is excellent. Finally, we kind of get the origin story of Z, which is shocking in typical "Deadly Class" style. Love this book.

8.0
Deadly Class #34

May 31, 2018

This is an exciting, action-packed, violent issue, and is a really good read; I still tend to like the slower, more character-based issues more, but I know this series will continue to deliver top line action along with some of the most interesting, funny characterization because of the creative team--Remender and Craig never seem to go wrong.

9.0
Deadly Class #35

Aug 1, 2018

This is a pretty awesome issue of "Deadly Class," fast paced, action-packed, but also containing great character moments. The Wes Craig art is perfect for this series, and he does his usual great job again here. This is one of my favourite series, one I am always excited to read.

6.0
Deadman (2017) #1

Nov 9, 2017

Well, I do not know what the fuck that was, but i am perplexed by "Deadman" #1. The art is as-advertised Neal Adams, but the plot was incomprehensible. That being said, I'll be back for issue #2. It is Neal Adams, after all. Note: I've adjusted my score from 5.0 to 6.0 (after about a week) because the more I think about it, the more I am actually looking forward to the next issue, as much of a mess as this is.

10
Deadpool (2015) #20

Nov 6, 2016

9.5
Deadpool (2015) #21

Nov 10, 2016

The Shakespeare story was a lot of fun with great art, and totally validated my English degree.

8.0
Deadpool (2015) #27

Feb 17, 2017

I don't regularly collect "Deadpool" because I find it to be wildly inconsistent, and I usually get my fill of the character from "Uncanny Avengers" and "Spider-Man/Deadpool." But I picked this up because I am fascinated with the world of Steve Rogers and the build up to "Secret Empire." And as a prelude to that, this issue delivers. I am still shocked when Cap behaves immorally, but this issue shows that the Hydra version will do whatever it takes to protect his agenda. Deadpool is almost the 3rd most important character here, after Rogers and Phil Coulson, who provides a good turn, especially at the end. The art was not quite up to standards, but Gerry Dugan's plot carried the weight.

9.0
Death Of The Inhumans #1

Jul 20, 2018

"Death of the Inhumans" #1 is a really great book--I didn't know quite what to expect, but I was riveted from page one till the end. The story is dark in tone, and Donny Cates does perfectly with his narration. It seems like an old-school comic book method, but it really worked here. The art by Ariel Olivetti is super--I don't know if I've seen his stuff before, but this comic really looks great. And it focuses on the most interesting Inhumans, not all those nuhumans I didn't care about. Great stuff!

5.0
Death of X #1

Oct 8, 2016

8.0
Death of X #2

Oct 25, 2016

8.0
Death of X #3

Nov 6, 2016

4.0
Death of X #4

Nov 28, 2016

So...Cyclops died over a cloud? For not allowing potential inhumans to gestate? Life begins at cloud particle formulation. But wait, he's been dead all along...because Marvel could not stand to allow him to go out heroically? I also don't understand how any of this made Cyclops a pariah amongst the rest of the mutants. I can't believe a writer as good as Lemire is responsible for this garbage fire. Marvel has really shit the bed with their handling of the X-Men and Inhumans post-Secret Wars...I hate both these teams now

8.5
Deathbed #1

Mar 22, 2018

"Deathbed" #1 was a fun and unexpected debut issue. I found the story interesting for sure, and the protagonist was a lot of fun. I thought the monster/zombie faces framing a lot of the panels were building on the introduction to build atmosphere, but things certainly take a turn. Riley Rossmo's art has always been hit or miss with me, and this one falls in as a hit...he's got a very moody, dark style. I'm excited to see how this adventure develops with issue #2.

9.0
Deathbed #2

Apr 15, 2018

"Deathbed" is crazy, whirlwind fun...it's a book that is not quite like any other with a protagonist that is not quite like any other.

8.0
Deathbed #3

May 17, 2018

"Deathbed" #3 is a well-paced, funny tale in the life of Antonio Luna...the scene where the nature of his cult followers is revealed is well done, and the character remains likeable in his arrogant self-centredness...I haven't really been a fan of Rosmo's art before, but this perfectly fits, and helps create, the mood and tone of the book. Good stuff.

8.0
Deathbed #4

Jun 22, 2018

“Deathbed” continues to be fun and entertaining, with really interesting visuals and a charmingly arrogant protagonist. Great read!

9.0
Deathstroke (2016) #11

Feb 10, 2017

Strong, topical, poignant issue exploring the United States' relationship with guns, focusing on Chicago. The story is very well done, and the inks by Bill Sienkiewicz on Dennis Cowan's pencils made for an outstanding look on art.

8.5
Defenders (2017) #1

Jun 28, 2017

This is a pretty good first issue, uniting the four main characters in an organic way. Bendis has the voice for these characters down and the art by David Marquez (who saved "Civil War II" from being a total disaster) does a great job on art.

8.5
Defenders (2017) #2

Jul 18, 2017

This is a good, action-filled issue that still has time for Bendis-style characterization. I like the cast of characters in this book (even if they are a promotional item for the upcoming Netflix show) and I like the way they are interacting. I didn't expect Blade but it makes sense for him to be here, and the Punisher is badassed. It's nice to enjoy Marquez art without the accompanying sour taste of "Civil War II," so, yeah, two issues in there is a lot of promise here.

9.0
Defenders (2017) #3

Jul 20, 2017

This is a really great book. It features an excellent method of exposition by Bendis, having the people of New York narrate the history of Diamondback and Luke's beef...I was thinking it almost went on too long, until it merges with the action as the Punisher makes an awesome (and brutal) entrance. I really liked the two scenes that end the book, with Daredevil and Cage taking on Punisher and Iron Fist and Jessica taking on Diamondback. Then the issue ends in a bit of a shocker which may or may not be a tribute to one of Batman's most famous scenes. And David Marquez continues to deliver.

9.0
Defenders (2017) #4

Aug 22, 2017

This is a great issue of "The Defenders." The action scenes between Diamondback and Jessica/Danny are creatively and very effectively laid out. The dialogue is sharp and the plot is tight and crisp. Bendis and Marquez are really delivering with this series. The producers of the Netflix show could learn something from this series.

7.5
Defenders (2017) #10

Mar 1, 2018

This issue is an okay ending, but I can't help but think that this series is kind of going out with a whimper. I don't know. This series maybe touched its potential, but it's ending so fast I can't help but think of missed opportunities. This works better as an emotional goodbye to Bendis than as a story. Perhaps I'm also a bit sour because this issue is a reminder of all the top level talent fleeing Marvel right now. Bendis is Bendis and David Marquez is incredible. Sheesh.

8.0
Dept. H #9

Jan 15, 2017

The mystery deepens as we explore the backgrounds of Q and Lily in greater detail, unearthing the conflict between them and their relationship with Mia's father. The pace of this series is undeniably slow, but I enjoyed this instalment.

8.0
Dept. H #10

Feb 6, 2017

The story doesn't really move forward, but I liked the character moments here, especially the background of Mia's tragic mother.

8.0
Descender #20

Apr 5, 2017

This series is kind of frustrating in its inconsistency, as it sometimes becomes burdensome due to its often sluggish pace. This issue was a good one one, though, with driller back in action and an ending that suggests an exiting next issue. It is, as always, beautiful to look at.

8.5
Descender #21

May 1, 2017

Exciting conclusion to this arc as things are really looking bad for all our protagonists. This series is really good when Lemire keeps the action going, and Dustin Nguyen makes every of this book beautiful to look at. Good stuff.

8.5
Descender #22

Aug 1, 2017

"Descender" 22 is a good read...exciting, action-packed, and suspenseful. I feel like this series has spent too much time treading water, not moving ahead fast enough, but this is a good sign for this arc. All the slow issues in the past year are so have helped build to this, and it looks like a lot of significant things happening.

8.5
Descender #23

Aug 25, 2017

"Descender" is on a role. This issue is action-packed and a great read. The final page is a super-cool cliffhanger. Great stuff.

9.0
Descender #25

Nov 1, 2017

This is a really strong issue that benefits from seeing Tim-21 imbued with some mysterious new ability to read what is going on all around him--we're set up for a helluva conclusion. The pace of this series has led to some frustrating moments, but it's all paying off here. Once again, Nguyen just gives us a beautiful book. Great stuff.

8.0
Descender #27

Mar 26, 2018

This issue of "Descender" is interesting enough, functioning as a stand alone story of sorts, but one that will provide illumination for the series as a whole, It's a good read, but the standout is the jaw-dropping watercolour art of Dustin Nguyen. This is breathtaking stuff, one of the best looking issues of the series so far.

8.5
Descender #29

May 30, 2018

"Descender" #29 is a fast-paced, action-packed issue. It also propels the final story of this series along, showing the kind of momentum the series has lacked in the past. We do get a strong sense of character here, in these moments of action, perhaps attributable to the previous arcs which featured character development over story. Whatever inconsistencies, this has been a really good series and I am excited to see how this wraps up in the upcoming months.

8.5
Descender #30

Jun 27, 2018

"Descender" is approaching its end, and this issue is a powerful lead-up to that moment. The action was fast paced and interesting throughout the issue, and the Dustin Nguyen art was beautifully done as always, but the reunion between Tim-21 and Andy was so well done, it was a great payoff for people like me who've been with this all the way. Again, Nyuyen renders this two-page reunion masterfully. Great stuff.

7.5
Descender #31

Aug 1, 2018

I've been with "Descender" since #1, and now it has reached its penultimate issue. The stakes are really high...apocalyptic, really. Things are coming to a head and humanity is on the brink of being eliminated. The art, as it has been from the series' inception, is fantastic. I've enjoyed these characters, and am excited to see how things wrap up next issue.

8.5
Despicable Deadpool #288

Nov 5, 2017

I picked this up because Deadpool's part in "Secret Empire" was interesting, and I was fascinated by the new direction the book is taking. I kind of liked Deadpool with a heart from the last few years (see #20 for the best example), but, it turns out this is a pretty fun issue. I like the frame as Cable talks with his captor as Deadpool approaches, and the fight at the end is certainly interesting. Duggan and Koblish do good Deadpool, and I think I'm gonna stay on with this to see where it goes.

8.0
Detective Comics (2016) #943

Oct 29, 2016

9.0
Detective Comics (2016) #944

Nov 9, 2016

I'm really starting to enjoy the team concept in this book, and the First Victim is an intriguing new villain...this is a really good book

8.0
Detective Comics (2016) #945

Nov 30, 2016

The art changes are somewhat jarring, but I am growing more interested in Batman's supporting cast. If someone told me I would enjoy a "Detective Comics" that puts the Dark Knight in the background I wouldn't have believed it, but...

9.0
Detective Comics (2016) #946

Dec 29, 2016

10
Detective Comics (2016) #947

Jan 10, 2017

This is my favourite Rebirth issue of "Detective" so far, a comic that is captivating and filled with great character moments...a very strong conclusion to the "First Victim" arc. I was not sold on the team aspect of the book at first, but the great thing about the rebirth Batman titles is that they are so different than one another. This is a great issue and what is shaping up to be a great series run.

7.5
Detective Comics (2016) #948

Jan 23, 2017

This is a solid issue made dynamite by the great painted art of Ben Oliver. The book looks absolutely great. Not too excited about rehashing "Night of the Monster Men," a story that was so terrible I dropped the respective titles for the second half. To me, Batman and giant monsters just don't mix.

8.5
Detective Comics (2016) #949

Feb 10, 2017

Strong character issue for Batwoman, complimented by beautiful Ben Oliver artwork.

7.5
Detective Comics (2016) #950

Feb 14, 2017

I liked the exploration of Orphan's character, which opens the book. However, this is followed by an Azreal story I didn't really care for, and a Batman story that was more of a hint of things to come than an actual story. So, okay, fine, but not great.

7.5
Detective Comics (2016) #951

Mar 7, 2017

Solid introduction to the new arc, held down somewhat by the so-so art of Christian Duce, who suffers coming on the heels of Eddie Barrow and Ben Oliver.

7.5
Detective Comics (2016) #952

Mar 16, 2017

This issue was pretty good. The Gotham PD's belief that Batman killed the mayor, and willingness to shoot on sight any of his allies, stretched credulity. I liked the art for the first three pages, but then we have a switch, and fall back to just-okay art. I have really liked this book since the Rebirth, but wasn't quite feeling it all the way this time. Good, not great.

7.5
Detective Comics (2016) #953

Mar 28, 2017

Solid, but unspectacular issue, with fine, but uninspired art. It was alright.

7.5
Detective Comics (2016) #954

Apr 19, 2017

This story strikes me as good, but not great. These shadowy assassins are actually not that thrilling. It seems like every story arc, Gotham City itself, and every one of Batman's team, are placed on death's brink. If Gotham is always on the verge of collapse, only to pull out the victory every 6 or 7 issues, it's not that suspenseful. The nuances of Gotham City can be explored in smaller scale stories.

8.0
Detective Comics (2016) #956

Jun 7, 2017

A solid conclusion to the "League of Shadows" story arc. The standout for me was the Marcio Takara art, which looks great and fits the mood of the book well, in my opinion.

6.5
Detective Comics (2016) #957

Jun 15, 2017

Meh. Spoiler solo story isn't very interesting, with her monologue growing quite tedious for me as the issue went on. I get it, you hate heroes. So act as a hero in disguise, because that makes sense. The art was also rather mediocre. So, yeah.

7.0
Detective Comics (2016) #958

Jun 29, 2017

The ending delivers promise for next issue, but other than that, nothing much about this issue really grabbed me. I'm not much of an Azrael fan, so maybe that plays a part, but, there you go.

10
Divinity III: Stalinverse #1

Jan 9, 2017

Incredible issue... I am fairly new to Valiant, and wondered if I might be stepping in waters too deep given the III in the title, but I was riveted reading this...great premise, great execution!

9.0
Divinity III: Stalinverse #3

Mar 20, 2017

Whoa! This series is crazy, full of twists and surprises. The concept, the writing, the art are all super cool. This is a must read.

8.5
Divinity III: Stalinverse #4

Apr 14, 2017

This was a really great series, and it ends with a really great issue. I enjoyed the stuff about the power of narrative, stories, in building worlds, and the imagination's connection to wanting to build these worlds. It was really awesome stuff.

9.0
Divinity III: Stalinverse: Komandar Bloodshot #1

Jan 11, 2017

Awesome, badass story, giving greater insight into Komandar Bloodshot from Jeff Lemire and featuring incredible action by Clayton Crain. I'm loving this event.

8.0
Divinity III: Stalinverse: Aric, Son of the Revolution #1

Jan 30, 2017

I enjoyed this one-shot "Divinity III" tie-in, featuring X-O Manowar and Kostiy's Soviet-world origins...another interesting glimpse into the Stalinverse.

8.5
Divinity III: Stalinverse: Shadowman #1

Feb 18, 2017

This was totally weird, but I really enjoyed it, right up to the chilling conclusion.

9.0
Doctor Star and the Kingdom of Lost Tomorrows #1

Mar 11, 2018

This is a really great spin-off in the "Black Hammer" universe, the classic trope of the obsessed scientist whose ambition has unintended, tragic results. This issue has a powerful ending that closes the issue with force, a sad, impactful ending I didn't see coming. I really liked Max Fiumara's art here...he gives the protagonist, the aptly named James Robinson, a really palpable anguish. Dave Stewart's colours gave this an even more dynamic look. I almost slept on this series...don't miss it!

8.0
Doctor Star and the Kingdom of Lost Tomorrows #2

Apr 21, 2018

Issue #2 of "Doctor Star and the Kingdom of Lost Tomorrows" is a good read, though it is steeped in tragedy. Star is confronting the cost of his life of space adventuring, his loved ones left behind, thinking he had gone forever. Lemire lays the "Cats in the Cradle" stuff on a bit thick early, and the art seemed a bit...off, occasionally...but this is still plenty worth reading.

8.0
Doctor Star and the Kingdom of Lost Tomorrows #3

Jun 21, 2018

This series remains pretty fun and interesting, despite some heaviness in the character of Doctor Star and his family's sense of his betrayal. I liked the part where The Green Lan--sorry, Star Sheriff Squadron shows up and it is revealed how Star has shaped their entire society. I think this is only 4 issues (?) but I look forward to seeing how Lemire wraps this up.

8.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #15

Jan 14, 2017

This series continues to be fun as Doctor Strange's nemeses are in line to make him suffer. Fornes' pages fit well with Bachalo's, making the issue seem pretty seamless and enjoyable.

8.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #17

Mar 5, 2017

This issue is absolutely gorgeous, with guest pencils by Frazer Irving. It's a real treat.

9.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #18

Mar 12, 2017

I loved this issue. The suspense was palpable as Thor raced to perform brain surgery on all of Strange's patients, and Mister Misery continued to emerge as a terrible threat. The tension builds towards the end for an excellent conclusion. Funny, intense, and drawn masterfully, this is a great comic book.

9.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #19

Apr 27, 2017

This was a really great issue, focussing on the Dr. Strange/Wong relationship, and their battle against Mister Misery. I really liked the flashback scenes, and character work done by Aaron. It's nice to Zelda fully in the mix as well. It's the penultimate Aaron/Bachalo issue, and while that is a depressing idea, this issue is a perfect example of the charm they have brought to this title.

8.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #20

Jun 26, 2017

Jason Aaron and Chris Bachalo's run on "Doctor Strange" ends here in an issue that seems to bring things full circle. I like the decision to make Zelda the focus here as she moves on to a new role in this adventure. There is a sense of a new start even as things end. This is the longest I have ever read a Doctor Strange book, and it was at its best when it was at its weirdest. I'm excited to see where Bachalo turns up next, as he delivered a bizarre set of visuals that looked totally awesome and unique. It was a good run.

9.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #382

Dec 19, 2017

Donny Cates is already shining in his run of "Doctor Strange" after 2 issues, delivering a fun and interesting story. This arc takes a bit of a different turn than I expected by focusing on Stephen over Loki; Stephen's relationship with Bats the talking dog makes this issue. Gabriel Hernandez Walta's art has never looked better. He continues to knock it out of the park after "The Vision."

8.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #386

Mar 8, 2018

While this issue is entertaining and fun, I'm kind of pissed to be having to read a tie-in to another fucking event. I like Donny Cates, and he does a really fine job making this issue work on its own (I haven't read "Damnation"). But does this mean I have to read that to get the continuation of this story? It totally slipped by me and I didn't add it to my pull list! I'm getting tempted to say, as good as Cates has been on this, fuck it, see you in May with a new creative team, Doctor Strange. So, in summary, this was actually a really good read. But I think I just might drop this anyway. Well, one more issue...? Thanks, Marvel, you #@&!!#$ers!

8.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #387

Apr 3, 2018

I haven't been reading "Damnation," but kudos to Donnie Cates and Niko Henrichon for keeping this more or less comprehensible, and more importantly, enjoyable, on its own. The appearance of Clea brought me back, and the whole premise of the issue and how it ends is really well done. There's a sense with Marvel titles lately, like, well, it'll all start over again in a couple of months, so does this really matter? This is one where I'm trusting the creative team to bring it, even though its all ending.

9.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #390

May 27, 2018

This was an awesome end to Donny Cates run on "Doctor Strange," a fun and funny issue that wraps up the things that have been going on in this book since the beginning of Jason Aaron's run and the introduction of Selma. This issue is very entertaining, with Spider-Man adding a lot of laughs. The two-page comic strip of Spidey talking to an actual spider (and skipping stone) drawn by Chip Zdarsky is great Frazier Irving does the pencils on the rest of this issue, so of course it looks great. I wish Cates would have stayed on this character longer, but it was fun while it lasted.

6.5
Doctor Strange (2018) #1

Jun 12, 2018

This is a really great looking book. Jesus Saiz' work on "Steve Rogers Captain America" was pretty great, and this painted style is really cool. The first few pages are exciting, as Stephen does some cool magic, and then....ehhh. It seems as if Mark Waid (or the editors) failed to read Jason Aaron's run, because he's lost the magic once again. Add in a heavy handed narration from Waid chronicling the magic-free life of Strange, and this issue really loses its way. Perhaps its greatest offence is how boring it is. Maybe Mark Waid is stretching himself thin writing, I don't know, 5-6 books, but this is really uninspiring.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #2

Jun 26, 2018

The last issue left me unmoved, as It seemingly offered little that seemed new or different. But writer Mark Waid steps it up here with a much more interesting an issue, one defined by character interaction over heavy 3rd-person narration (still there, not as all-present as last issue though). I liked Talla (I think that’s it) as a companion for Stephen on his journey through space. This fun well-paced issue has definitely got me coming back for more after I was really uncertain about issue #1.

8.5
Doom Patrol (2016) #4

Mar 11, 2017

I don't know what the fuck is going on, but I'm still entertained...is that a review? That's what I got..

7.0
Doom Patrol (2016) #5

Apr 17, 2017

Maybe it's because I have never read anything about Doom Patrol before this series, but I have no idea what the fuck is going on. Maybe that's on me, but ending each issue perplexed is hurting the book's readability for me.

9.0
Doom Patrol (2016) #6

May 9, 2017

I opened up this issue already frustrated, thinking, oh, this is so impenetrable, I forget what's going on...but everything came together for me soon, and this turns out to be a really strong issue. It's trippy ideas reach a head with Jane's personalities outrunning the dominant one, in what was a really cool idea. I liked the moments with her and Cliff, and the group action to resolve the story. I am looking to reread all the issues to make some more sense of the overall arc (I never read Doom Patrol before this, but maybe now the familiarity I've gotten with the characters will help) and starting a new one.

8.5
Doomsday Clock #2

Jan 13, 2018

I'm not sure where "Doomsday Clock" is going, but the first two issues have definitely hooked me. This is an interesting one with many cool moments...the bank robbery starts off rough with the flimsy "jerk boss" character, but then the scene turns for a funny moment. The confrontations of Ozmandias/Luther and Batman/Rorschach are fascinating, leading well into the next issue, and the book ends with a shock I did not see coming. I felt a bit of the dialogue from Johns was rough, but he does also include these aforementioned cool points to make this book good--and Gary Frank is awesome again. I thought his facial expressions, the "acting" of his characters, is really well done.

8.5
Doomsday Clock #4

Apr 9, 2018

"Doomsday Clock" #4 is an interesting read, delving into the origin of the new Rorschach, and filling us in further about what went on in the aftermath of "The Watchmen." This doesn't really move the plot forward really, however, as things still seem to be in low gear with the series a third done. Gary Frank's art makes this worth the price of admission alone, so this is definitely a really solid book.

8.5
East of West #30

Jan 12, 2017

The story marches on, albeit slowly. The remaining horsemen, as usual, lend a grim aspect to the story, offset by an almost tender moment between Wolf and Crow. I must admit that what I really am waiting to see is more interaction between Death and his son, but this issue is good in its own right, and I know Hickman will deliver more in time.

8.5
East of West #33

Jun 15, 2017

Strong issue of "East of West," with the framework of burning leaders, and different reasons why. Because of the nature of this book, the depth of this world, I sometimes feel I am missing something I might get by rereading a whole pile of previous issues, or that this might read better in trade, but it doesn't feel this way here. Nick Dragota's art is, as always, spectacular. "East of West" continues to remain interesting as it marches along.

8.5
East of West #35

Dec 2, 2017

This is a really good issue of "East of West," focusing on Death and his son, Babylon. If someone had told me that an issue of this series would feature an extended father/son fishing scene, I would not have believed it, but there you go. The family moments are bookended by a really awesome opening and a really awesome ending, with great Nick Dragotta art throughout. It's a testament to Dragotta and Hickman that "East of West" keeps delivering.

8.5
East of West #36

Apr 3, 2018

Somehow, "East of West" is still an interesting and captivating read, even as I begin each issue a bit unsure of where the last one ended. The pacing of Hickman's series, slow, somewhat challenging, somehow works in a way that the actual chronology of the story seems less important than the overall progression of the great, major story. It provides an allowance for me being occasionally lost. A large part of this book's charm is the great work of Nick Dragotta, who provides another clinic in storytelling here. The bits we get with Death and Babylon (and Balloon) seem generous, and also build up the inevitable momentum of the series. Great title.

8.5
East of West #37

Jun 27, 2018

I've read "East of West" since issue #1, and it's continuing quality is still remarkable. That said, there have been 37 issues over that last five years, so sometimes certain elements of the plot escape me from issue to issue. But this one was a slow burner, a suspenseful prelude to a whole lot of bloodshed. Anyone who reads this series regularly knows that certain issues are going to emphasize mood, or the emotion and feel of a pivotal moment over a lot of action. And that makes certain action issues (issue 22 is an almost wordless action-dominated story that is one of the best examples of sequential art out there) all the more special. The most underrated guy in the industry has to be Nick Dragotta, who delivers amazing, amazing art time in and out. Great stuff.

9.0
Empress #7

Nov 29, 2016

This seems a bit silly but it was also a lot of fun, one of the best issues of the series. Immonen's art is incredible here... I look forward to the return of the series of the future, as the story ends on an interesting note.

8.5
Ether #1

Nov 16, 2016

Fascinating and entertaining start to this series, as a man of science sets out to explain and define a magical crime. My interest really picks up when we leave the Dr Seuss-ian visuals behind and enter, however briefly, the destitute conditions our scientist/detective finds himself living in the real world, and the flashback that follows. Kindt and Rubin have me hooked...

5.5
Ether: Copper Golems #1

Jun 30, 2018

Liked the first "Ether," but this bored me. Didn't like this elf sidekick. Didn't want to finish it. Dropped.

8.0
Ether #2

Jan 15, 2017

This strange series continues to be interesting, but I think the question of what happened to Boone in real life (and what there is real and what's not) is more intriguing than the fantasy world he travels to.

8.5
Ether #3

Feb 2, 2017

This was an entertaining issue, and I think things may be getting more interesting with the ending and a suggestion that we may be seeing both of Boone's world's merge.

9.5
Ether #4

Feb 24, 2017

Wow! I'm amazed after reading this brilliantly told story! I have been enjoying this series, but I did not expect an issue like this to come along, and that made it all the better...the dark underside of the Ether is exposed here in an unexpected but amazing turn...hands of to sirs' Kindt and Rubin for this great issue!

8.5
Ether #5

Mar 27, 2017

This is a strong conclusion to this series, which I'm glad to see will be returning. We get to see in greater detail the personal stakes Boone must pay to enter the Ether. Very interesting stuff.

6.0
Exit Stage Left: The Snagglepuss Chronicles #2

Feb 13, 2018

I don't know...I don't think this series is for me. It reads as too didactic to me. The conversation between Snugglepuss and Huckleberry Hound is sort of interesting, but none of this has the cleverness of Russell's "Flintstones" or "God is Disappointed in You." I need something more to make this bit of moralizing palatable.

7.5
Flash (2016) #8

Oct 14, 2016

7.5
Flash (2016) #21

May 4, 2017

This is an interesting, if unspectacular issue. I haven't read "The Flash" since dropping it 7-8 issues after Rebirth, due to a revolving door of artists and a basic failure to really connect with the character. But of, course, I'm back for "The Button." After the spectacular comic that was "Batman" #21, I thought a lot of that would carry over, but that was distinctly a Batman comic and this is distinctly a Flash comic. I've always been more of a Marvel than DC fan, so maybe this issue has greater significance to DC diehards.

8.0
Flash (2016) #23

Jun 6, 2017

I dropped "The Flash" after about 10 issues, frustrated by the inconsistencies in having various artists. But I picked it up for "The Button" and, seeing Di Giandomenico was back on for this issue, decided to stick. It's pretty good. I really enjoyed the opening sequence with the hall of Flashes, which was pretty cool. It slows down a bit as Barry remains lost in thought about recent events, but picks up and builds to an exciting ending that ensures I'm staying on board. I don't like Williamson's writing for DC quite as much as I did "Nailbiter," but when he and Di GIandomenico are together, it's hard to miss. I'm sticking with it.

8.0
Flash (2016) #24

Jun 29, 2017

"The Button" brought me back on board with "The Flash," and I'm glad to be back. This issue was really good, and felt really high stakes, the prelude to a big Flash storyline. I love Di Giandomenico's art on this character. Question: when Hal forms a bar and bottles and glasses with his ring for he and Flash to sit at, are real drinks created by his ring? Or is it all props?

6.0
Flash (2016) #33

Nov 3, 2017

Yeah, I dunno, I don't wanna hate, but, I didn't really like this...I didn't really dislike it either, I just am not very into it. There's too much going on for me to care about much of it. But Porter's art was pretty good.

8.5
Flash (2016) #39

Jan 28, 2018

I haven't read an issue of "The Flash" in a while, but decided to give this one a try. First off--the cover is seriously awesome. The power of Grodd here is imposing. Next, it was a pretty good read--there is one moment in the book where things get eerily quiet and the atmosphere established by Williamson and Di Giandomenico is really creepy. As always, when Di Giandomenico draws this, it becomes a much more dynamic book. The ending has me looking forward to a very cool arc.

7.0
Flavor #1

May 23, 2018

This issue did a solid job of establishing the world of "Flavor"... I felt at one point it was growing a bit tedious in its exposition, but then the cool ending happened, in which a shocking act of violence is counter spliced with a cooking montage. Because of this last scene, I'll read issue #2. But my main complaint is, where was the cooking? The editorial brags of having a "food scientist" as a consultant, but any cooking scenes are indistinct, just one off shots with no ingredients shown...Listen, this may seem geeky, but "Starved," from 2 or so years ago (?) presented a distinct world and making the food, as well as the characters, the star. I'm hoping this series (though a million miles away from "Starved" in terms of look and tone) can do the same.

6.5
Flavor #2

Aug 1, 2018

I dunno. For all that was going on, I was bored and struggled to finish the issue. I don't think this book is necessarily bad, I just think it's not for me.

7.5
Foolkiller (2016) #1  
8.5
Frostbite #2

Oct 29, 2016

9.0
Frostbite #3

Nov 29, 2016

Thrilling story by Josh Williamson with great art ny Jason Shawn Alexander. This issue is filled with suspense and action. But what do the Snow Queens do to the men they capture?!

8.5
Frostbite #4

Jan 10, 2017

This is a strong series. Great character work by Williamson here, and Alexander's art is outstanding.

7.5
Frostbite #5

Feb 10, 2017

A bit of a down issue, but it sets us up for the conclusion next issue. Overall, this series has been very good, and I'm excited to see how it wraps. I'm also excited by Jason Shawn Alexander's artwork, and seeing where he lands next after this.

8.5
Frostbite #6

Mar 6, 2017

This is a strong final chapter to a strong series. "Frostbite" #6 gives us a satisfying fate for Keaton, with a cool ending that suggests this series can continue in the future. Josh Williamson provided an interesting story here, and I'll be on the lookout for more art from breakout Jason Shawn Alexander.

8.5
Generation Zero #1

Nov 27, 2016

Strong introduction to the series

7.5
Generation Zero #2

Nov 27, 2016

8.5
Generation Zero #3

Dec 9, 2016

Very entertaining issue. I enjoyed the Archie-style art as a conceit for the popular girl's mindscape.

9.0
Generation Zero #4

Dec 19, 2016

Fun, smart comic that keeps getting better...the more I see of this team, the more I like them...

10
Generation Zero #5

Jan 10, 2017

This is evolving into one of my favourite titles... "Generation Zero" is fast paced and action packed without being at all overstuffed; the intriguing story and characters are complimented by outstanding art. Can't wait to see the next issue!

8.0
Generation Zero #6

Jan 30, 2017

This issue was a bit of a drop off for me, but it is still a great series and I'm sure it will pick up. I just think the first storyline is dragging on too long. And I don't see how this is the start of a new arc...anyone picking this up as a jump-on point will be clueless as to what's happening.

8.5
Generation Zero #8

Apr 6, 2017

This was an action-packed and fun issue, as the storyline that has been building since the first issue is nearing it's conclusion. Adele was pissed and provides Gen Zero with their greatest adversary, in what was a funny turn. This series is a quality one.

8.5
Generations: Miles Morales Spider-Man & Peter Parker Spider-Man #1

Oct 17, 2017

In terms of story, this comic is kind of light and inconsequential. However, the artwork of Ramon Perez is absolutely breathtaking. Perez mimics the style of Steve Ditko for this issue set during Ditko's original run on "Amazing," to terrific results. This book is a treat just to look at.

3.0
Ghost Rider (2016) #1

Dec 5, 2016

This is a terrible comic. Trite storytelling and substandard art.

8.0
Gideon Falls #1

Mar 14, 2018

I liked "Gideon Falls" #1, but at the same time didn't love it like I thought I would. Sorrentino's art looks great, but I didn't always know what was going on in this book, be that attributed to the artist or the writer. The ending was intriguing, and I'm sure Lemire will answer the questions this issue raises in cool ways, so I'm totally down with this series. I just think, with this creative team, greater things are to come.

8.5
Gideon Falls #3

May 25, 2018

“Gideon Falls” is still on a slow burn as of issue #3, but it’s deeply rich in terms of creating a mood and tone of dark fear. There is also interesting characterization here, a given for Lemire. The showstopper is still the gorgeous, complex design and layout by Sorrentino. This book looks incredible. I reread the first two issues before this one, and together they make a brooding, suspenseful read, leaving me excited for the further development of this story.

8.0
Glitterbomb #1

Oct 8, 2016

8.5
Glitterbomb #2

Oct 13, 2016

8.0
Glitterbomb #3

Nov 14, 2016

This series is on a bit of a slow burn, and I hope the ideas about celebrity go a bit deeper, but I enjoyed this issue.

10
God Country #1

Jan 21, 2017

This is a great introductory issue. The story starts as a riveting personal drama, a son torn between his responsibilities to his family and his ailing father, turning towards the supernatural at the end. I'm intrigued by the possibilities of watching Emmett confront his Alzheimer's in his fleeting moments of escape. The narration gives a biblical, large feel to the narrative. The writing and art are superb. I'm not sure exactly what this is going to turn into, but I thoroughly enjoyed this issue in itself.

9.5
God Country #2

Feb 21, 2017

Well, that was about as good as a second issue can get. It builds so well upon the first issue. After seeing the shattered remnants of a man last time, we see the proud, stubborn fellow he once was. And the part where we cut to the past to show her and his wife dancing in a 1970s country and western bar was so bittersweet. I'm sure in what direction this is going to go, since the supporting cast has expanded to contain the Gods of a distant world (I think?) here, but this series has gotten off to a fantastic start.

8.5
God Country #4

Apr 26, 2017

Another strong issue, filled with action and emotion. The last two issues haven't quite lived up to the promise offered by the first two, but that's no matter. It's still really good.

9.0
God Country #5

May 26, 2017

The opening pages of this issue do a good job showing parallels between the war god who has watched everything around him crumble with age and Emmett, who experienced the same thing. Later, Emmett echoes this war god's reluctance to give up the power to fight time that Valofax is. Donny Cates has crafted a really interesting story here, and Geoff Shaw's art captures the epic and the down to earth with equal skill. I'm sad this is ending, but excited to see how it all wraps up.

10
God Country #6

Aug 5, 2017

"God Country" #6 blows its comic competition out of the water. A powerful, moving, emotional conclusion to this epic tale. There is so much good about this issue, but a double-page collage of a father passing on his experience, the story of his life, to his son stands out. I was almost moved to tears reading this, which something that almost never happens when I read comics. This is so great. The creative team has been locked down by Marvel, and I can't wait to see what they bring to the House of Ideas.

7.5
Grand Passion #1

Nov 16, 2016

The credulity of the love at first sight angle seems questionable, but Robinson and Feister made this entertaining enough to bring me back for the next issue. This is a pretty fun comic.

8.5
Grass Kings #1

Mar 15, 2017

This is a strong introduction to the Grass Kingdom and the indigenous peoples who live in isolation there, off the grid. We get a glimpse of the King himself, a broken man, haunted by loss. The conversation in the car is a little too obvious an exposition tool, but there is a lot to like here. Tyler Jenkins art and watercolours give this book an awesome look. It even features paper that make those colours look even better. This is a really good comic.

9.0
Grass Kings #2

Apr 21, 2017

This is a really strong issue...I'm very impressed with the skills of Tyler Jenkins...I'm thinking of one page in particular that just so perfectly captures the desperation and loneliness of Robert, as he talks to the mysterious woman he has taken in, her back turned to him seemingly asleep...he sheepishly asks, "Rosa, is that you?" before he collapses his head in his hands...this is a powerful, evocative comic

9.0
Grass Kings #3

May 29, 2017

"Grass Kings" is deliberately paced, and at the same time very captivating. The book uses flashback excellently to fill in some gaps, and I am excited to see how the mysteries of the grass kingdom and the past unfold. In addition to the intriguing story, the Tyler Jenkins art is just great. The loose, sketchy style works perfectly with the tone of the story. And the watercolours are beautiful. Really good stuff.

8.5
Grass Kings #4

Jun 23, 2017

"Grass Kings" feels like it has been on a slow boil that looks to erupt into violence...that is certainly the sense here. Kindt is doing a good job building the suspense, assisted by flashbacks that add to the growing sense of uneasiness. Tyler Jenkins' art is also rough, sketchy, and fantastic looking. This is a good book.

7.0
Grass Kings #5

Aug 3, 2017

I found this issue kind of hard to follow. I like Jenkins artwork, but this issue is all about action scenes, and his art is kind of confusing. Still a solid book, but nearly as good as the more contemplative issues.

8.0
Green Arrow (2016) #8  
9.0
Green Valley #1

Oct 8, 2016

8.5
Green Valley #2

Nov 14, 2016

Things slow down in issue 2, but I am captivated by this series nonetheless. This was really just a call back to arms, but I am excited for what lay ahead.

8.0
Green Valley #3

Dec 31, 2016

Intriguing twist in this issue shakes things up, leaving me excited for what comes next...

8.5
Green Valley #4

Jan 22, 2017

This series continues to impress me with its humour and humanity. Max Landis does a great job on character, and Giuseppe Camuncoli's pencils look fantastic. This is a fun book.

8.0
Green Valley #5

Feb 15, 2017

This series has been a great read so far; this issue is mainly action and fighting dragons, which is all good, but not quite as good as the character-driven moments for me. Still, it's amusing to see our courageous (for the most part) heroes battle the evil wizard/dick from the future with technology. Looking forward to the next one.

8.5
Green Valley #6

Mar 13, 2017

This series has been a pleasant surprise; I didn't really know Max Landis before "Superman: American Alien," but I enjoyed that a lot and am glad that he is keeping up the strong work with "Green Valley." I enjoy the premise of modern-day douchebag returned as evil, all-powerful wizard ("Well... he is an idiot"), and I enjoy the cast of warriors Landis has him opposing, with all their flaws and fears. This issue was a rallying point, I think, leading up to the conclusion, but was an entertaining one. Oh, and Camuncoli's art continues to be a perfect fit for this story.

9.0
Green Valley #7

Apr 20, 2017

This issue is a real killer, packed with action, and of course those character moments Landis does so well. It's funny to see the brave knights of Kelodia in battle with essentially a 21st century douchebag. The art is outstanding--Camuncoli's work is top level stuff. This series has been, and continues to be, a treat for comic fans like me.

8.0
Green Valley #8

Jun 6, 2017

A more action-driven episode, natural given that it is the penultimate issue. It's really good, and sets us up for an epic conclusion. This series has been a treat, and I am very excited to see how Landis and Camuncoli wrap this up.

9.0
Green Valley #9

Jun 21, 2017

This series has been pretty great, and it has an ending that is fitting and exciting and true to the whole story. This series turned my expectations around throughout, proving itself with every issue's originality. Max Landis' "Superman: American Alien" was an exceptional series and he followed it up so well here; I can't wait to see what he does next. Also, so reliably excellent, Cammuncoli nailed it in this issue and the series as a whole. It's a bonus to see that issue #9 really does stick the landing.

8.5
Guardians of the Galaxy (2015) #15

Dec 21, 2016

8.5
Guardians of the Galaxy (2015) #16

Jan 23, 2017

Totally charming Groot story, told in the fashion of Dr. Seuss.

7.5
Guardians of the Galaxy (2015) #17

Feb 15, 2017

F**king Captain Marvel!

7.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2015) #18

Mar 22, 2017

In the "Grounded" storyline, Bendis has been giving us individual stories that are, well, grounded, giving greater insight into character along the way. This is the first one that kind of falters. I didn't know much about Angela, and I still don't really. It starts all right then descends into an action scene that I didn't really find that interesting, not knowing the stakes. Not bad, but as interesting as the last several issues.

8.5
Guardians of the Galaxy (2015) #19

Apr 20, 2017

I enjoyed this issue...it was a lot of fun, with a lot of great art. The story is lighter than your average fare battling Thanos, but the overall tone works in this issue.

6.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2017) #146

Nov 13, 2017

Sorry. I was bored. i went from reading to skimming half way through. I loved the "All-New, All-Different Guardians of the Galaxy," but, this didn't really work for me.

7.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2017) #147

Nov 29, 2017

I liked this issue better than the last, as the story was quickly paced and interesting. I found the art to be uneven, though; I like some of To's images, like the splash of Ant Man, but in most panels the figures are small, the background emphasized. The art was so good during the "All-New Guardians of the Galaxy," this is a pretty big comedown for me. I'm kind of on the fence on this series.

8.0
Hadrian's Wall #4

Dec 21, 2016

9.0
Hadrian's Wall #5

Apr 14, 2017

I didn't realize how much I'd missed "Hadrian's Wall" until I read this issue. It's a really great comic. The mystery and suspense continue to build, and I love the art and the pacing of this series. It's also a credit to the creative team that, after a hiatus of a few months, I fully understood exactly what was going on here, without the help of boring exposition. This is some good shit.

6.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #8

Nov 26, 2016

7.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #9

Nov 26, 2016

8.0
Harbinger: Renegade #1

Dec 2, 2016

8.5
Harbinger: Renegade #3

Feb 1, 2017

This is a strong issue that keeps the plot moving forward. Peter Stanchek reunites with his former teammates, but continues to struggle when new foes bring his demons back to life. He remains the most interesting character to me. The art excels in a couple of points but is overall merely fine. Overall, though, I like this book a lot.

8.0
Hard Case Crime: Peepland #2

Dec 6, 2016

8.5
Hard Case Crime: Peepland #4

Feb 27, 2017

This was an exciting issue of "Peepland," as the stakes surrounding the murder tape grow more and more deadly. Full of twists and turns and lots of 80s NYC grime, this comic is good stuff.

9.0
Harrow County #19

Jan 11, 2017

I really enjoyed this issue, where Emmy contemplates the recent revelation about who she really is. I enjoyed the measured pace of this issue, Emmy's relationship with Pa and the hunters getting more than they bargained for in their hunt of Malachi. Of course, "Harrow County" really only truly feels like "Harrow County" when Tyler Crook draws it, so his return for this issue was welcome. Really good stuff.

8.0
Harrow County #20

Feb 6, 2017

Good issue, great Tyler Crook art.

8.5
Harrow County #21

Mar 24, 2017

This series has been eerie, creepy, and awesome for a long time, and this issue is no exception; it ends with a surprise that I didn't see coming, and has me anxiously anticipating the next issue.

8.5
Harrow County #22

May 2, 2017

This is a subtle, nuanced horror title, and we face a conflict between Emmy and her best friend here--one where it looks like things can't end well; Bernice has become a hunter of haints, and the world of haints is Emmy's world. Tyler Crook's art continues to be a perfect fit, contributing so much to the mood and tone of this book.

8.5
Harrow County #23

Jun 6, 2017

This issue is a winner in atmosphere, with a freaky vibe throughout the issue. Bernice continues to pull away from Emmy, and we are left with a sense that Bernice will soon seek Emmy's destruction. I also have the sense that Bernice is being manipulated by forces beyond her knowledge. It's all really good stuff. Cullen Bunn and Tyler Crook bring it every month.

8.5
Harrow County #24

Jun 26, 2017

"Harrow County" always brings the creepiness, but this issue has a dark and fascinating ending that promises things are only going to get darker. I love the dialogue in this book, the characters' manner of speech; it seems to transport the reader to a different time, which adds a lot to the atmosphere. Great stuff.

9.0
Harrow County #25

Sep 29, 2017

Powerful, intense, startling issue of "Harrow County," as we see the stakes raised with devastating results. Bunn and Cullen are the perfect team. This book continues to fly under the radar as one of the best in comics.

9.0
Harrow County #28

Jan 11, 2018

“Harrow County” #28 seems like the culmination of a couple years of story, as Emmy and Kammi comes to a final head. At the same time, it feels as if the major conflict in this book is only starting now, given the ending. Bunn frames all this in a cool way as we see Hester devouring the intestines of her victim, only to see the same scene repeated later in the book, in a shocking twist. This continues to easily be one of the top horror comics today.

9.0
Harrow County #29

May 12, 2018

"Harrow County" #26 is a riveting, captivating issue. As we build towards a climax to this series, the stakes seem--and are--huge. Hester displays a power that reveals why she was so feared, and the scene in which Emmy tries to clean the blood off herself in the water is reminiscent of "Macbeth." I can't wait till they meet to give this series its epic conclusion. This has been a great horror series, and it's a testament to the creators that, even as it approaches its end, its as good as it has been throughout the whole run.

8.5
Harrow County #32

Jul 31, 2018

This is a strong conclusion to what I think has been a really great series...I love the world and the characters of this book, and things come to a fittingly epic conclusion here. Credit to Bunn and Tyler Crook for creating this compelling little county of haints and ghouls and a dark, dark history. I'll miss reading this!

8.0
Hit-Girl (2018) #1

Apr 4, 2018

In the early pages, I was very sceptical about the art style of Ricardo Lopez Ortiz, but before long I had fallen for his work here, sketchy, rough, cartoony. The story worked well enough.

8.5
Hit-Girl (2018) #2

May 1, 2018

I enjoyed this issue of “Hit-Girl” with its over the top violence and cartoony art. The plot with the Padre and the Colombian gangs is interesting enough and the issue was paced well. Loved the art—the page where Mindy and the assassin guy are riding the back of the train is great—Roderigo Lopez Ortiz brings an incredible sense of movement to his panels here. One would think Mindy and Big Daddy’s code would prevent her being friends with this dude, kind of odd, but this has also gotta end with a showdown between the two...Anyway, I liked it!

6.5
Hit-Girl (2018) #4

Jun 26, 2018

I kind of found this bloodletting issue to be a bore, and for the first time since the debut issue, I felt the art did not really fit what was going on--or else the tone just did not work for me. What has me excited is Jeff Lemire (cool!) and Eduardo Risso (holy fuck!) taking over next issue...this I am down with...

8.5
Hit-Girl (2018) #5

Aug 2, 2018

This book was pretty fun and enjoyable. It's not really bringing anything new to the table, but it is a cool story to read. I was delighted to see Eduardo Risso on pencils, as he's easily one of the best artists in the industry. And I'm Canadian and this is taking place in Canada, so, yeah! Fun book.

9.5
House of Penance #1

Dec 11, 2016

Creepy, dark, fascinating opening issue.

8.0
Hulk (2016) #1

Jan 12, 2017

I liked this issue. Jen's new client suggests an interesting story to come, and I absolutely loved Nico Leon's art here. The pace is slow, as Jen doesn't actually become Hulk here, and I'm okay with that. I guess what feels weird is that this fragile, damaged version of Jen is unlike any other iteration of her I've read. Like the opposite. Exploring PTSD with a comic character is an interesting idea, given the trauma many of these heroes go through, and perhaps having it affect Jen, so normally gregarious, underlines its damage. So it may feel a bit out of place, but I am definitely on board and excited to see where the series leads.

7.5
Hulk (2016) #2

Feb 1, 2017

This book is interesting, but plodding in pace. I do want to know what follows, but hope that things pick up a bit from the slow build of the first two issues.

8.0
Hulk (2016) #3

Mar 6, 2017

This series may be on a bit too slow of a burn, but I'm enjoying it nonetheless. Suspense is building as to just how Jen will behave when she finally does hulk out. Nico Leon's pencils are great here, kind of reminding me of Adrian Alphona's Ms. Marvel work. The book looks really sharp.

8.0
Hulk (2016) #4

Apr 16, 2017

The story continues to burn slowly, but I didn't mind this issue. It digs deeper into what is going on with Maise and offers the promise that next issue, Jen shall surely hulk out. And I'm loving this Nico Leon art.

7.0
Hulk (2016) #5

May 8, 2017

This series has been slow paced, to say the least, and I've been largely okay with that, but it is kind of grating here, where the first half of the book is a gratuitous flashback and the cover offers more than the interior delivers. It looks like we'll see Jen in Hulk form next issue, but on this one, I'm a bit annoyed by the delay.

6.0
Hulk (2016) #6

Jun 13, 2017

Well, Jen finally hulks out, and it's pretty underwhelming. I've enjoyed Nico Leon's art in this series, but it seems pretty bare and rushed in the fight scene. After all this slow build up, this barely feels like a resolution, as, well, nothing is really resolved. Maise goes to jail. Whatever. I gave this six issues, but the fascination it held for me in the beginning has turned to impatience. I'm dropping this book.

5.0
Hulk (2016) #7

Jun 21, 2017

I dropped this title after the first arc, but not fast enough to avoid getting this one, so, yeah. The story was kind of annoying. Thanks for the meaningless Hellcat visit. Jen herself has outworn her welcome for me. And the guy makes the toxic (or whatever) cake after his boyfriend watches some dude pour green stuff out on the ingredients, so...this comic has wasted my time for the last time and I don't really like Jen Walters anymore and I'm not reading this lame nothing-ever-happens book again.

7.0
Hunt For Wolverine #1

May 22, 2018

Wolverine is back! And there are clues! I probably wouldn't have gotten this if not for the David Marquez art, and, sure enough, his pages look great. The story of Logan's body going missing is mildly interesting. The back up tale, kind of skippable. But, hey, Guardian shows up! Is it me, or wasn't he killed in Alpha Flight #12 in 1984? Anyway, this is followed by four mini-series surrounding the mystery of Logan's location, none of which I will be reading. So...yeah.

8.5
I Hate Fairyland #13

Jul 10, 2017

A fun issue that sort of serves as Larry's origin story before veering off into an alternate version of his life, this time without Gert, in which he emerges as an even more misanthropic character.

9.0
I Hate Fairyland #16

Feb 16, 2018

Scottie Young's "I Hate Fairyland" continues to be a fun, entertaining series...this issue had me giggling a bit, and I felt real emotion (you got us Skottie) when Gert reunites with her parents, but that just makes what follows all the more effective. After 16 issues, it seems this premise should have run itself out, but Skottie still makes it vibrant, funny, and interesting.

8.0
I Hate Fairyland #17

Apr 14, 2018

"I Hate Fairyland" is always fun, and this month we get a Duncan Dragon-centred issue. It's all good here--but Skottie has created what looks like the most fearsome foe yet in the series. I'm interested to see Gert and this new baddie interact.

8.0
I Hate Fairyland #18

May 19, 2018

This is a set up issue, but it is a good one. We join Duncan Dragon as he recruits the hard-living Larry to find Gert. Looks great, fun read.

8.5
Ice Cream Man #1

Mar 23, 2018

Well, I'm not sure what this exactly is, but it was creepy as fuck! The whole scene where the kid comes home to his parents while the effects of the spider-bite are narrated to us is really effective (if not a bit reminiscent of "Kill Bill 2," when Ellie kills Bud with the Black Mamba), and the ice cream man character seems pretty sinister. For a first issue, it gives enough intrigue, and raises enough questions, to bring me back for more.

10
Ice Cream Man #2

Apr 4, 2018

“IceCream Man” #2 is a stunning, powerful, and complex look at addiction. We start the story with a young couple whose lives have come down to stealing for the next fix, anything to feel better. But Prince and Morazzo complicate things by presenting another side of addiction as a counterpoint, a man who has become an addict based on pain prescriptions and the woman who bears the brunt of his frustration. It’s a difficult issue to explore, but it is done here with attention paid to all of the nuances surrounding addiction. Great, tragic stuff.

7.5
Ice Cream Man #3

Apr 11, 2018

This issue certainly twisted in several directions I did not expect, and I went from thinking, "This is stupid," to "This is stupid, but it's fun," and I certainly didn't expect anything this silly from this book. The ending left me kind of like, "Eh," but this is a really good series that brings something different in every issue.

9.0
Ice Cream Man #4

May 10, 2018

"Ice Cream Man" #4 stands as a great example of a horror comic as it was kind and touching in some areas, but absolutely dark and depressing in others. The scene in hell when Chris watched his father, over nine panels, leave over and over again, is pretty devastating. And it managed to be funny too. Really fun/dark issue of a series that I'll be definitely picking up the next issue of in July.

9.5
Immortal Hulk #1

Jun 9, 2018

Wow. This comic is fucking awesome. I loved Al Ewing on "The Ultimates" 1 and 2, and he really brings it here. I loved this issue. The opening scene is one of the most tense and tragic I have witnessed lately--absolutely suspenseful. And this Hulk doesn't seem like any Hulk I've read before, in a good way. He's immensely scary in this. And he is intelligent and vengeful. I think its a smart stroke from Marvel to rebirth the character in this new/old way, and making a genuine horror comic. And with a being as powerful as the Hulk, it's amazing that the story of a convenience store robbery gone wrong is a powerful and captivating challenge. I'm also really excited about Joe Bennett's pencils, while seeming a bit kind of old school, were really powerful and cool. Great facial acting--the Hulk looks scary as fuck! I am so on board for this...buy it!

9.0
Immortal Hulk #2

Jul 11, 2018

Wow, this issue is pretty great! I am loving this iteration of a Hulk book--it's really a lot different than any Hulk I remember reading. The horror vibe that Ewing and Bennett create is really working for me. I also love the way the issue came full circle from Bruce's initial thoughts on how his senses, the basic things that are so powerful, are the way he can basically find some meaning in life. It leads to the bitterly ironic ending. And this Hulk is a guy with a strict sense of morality, who isn't afraid to match the cruelty of his victims. I really loved everything about this book!

8.0
Immortal Hulk #3

Jul 29, 2018

This issue of "Immortal Hulk" is a bit different than the last two...it features a cast of rotating artists, which I found slightly jarring, though I can't say I disliked any particular section. There was just some art that, stylistically, I didn't envision seeing in a Marvel comic book. The artist for the bartender section has a real indie feel. It certainly isn't bad, but it was unexpected, and the differences between the art styles kind of distracts. All said, I did like this, I did find it interesting. Just not quite as captivating as the first two issues.

7.5
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #1

Oct 20, 2016

8.0
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #2

Nov 21, 2016

I liked this issue--and am looking forward to the Doom/Thing confrontation--but the overall storyline is kind of plodding so far. I hope the pacing picks up next issue with our adversaries face to face.

9.0
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #3

Jan 11, 2017

Great issue bringing Doom's adoption of Tony's armour into clearer focus. Great art and the pace of the story picks up, leading to the cool conclusion of the story, with the Thing and Victor's mother.

9.0
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #4

Jan 31, 2017

This is a great issue in what has been a very fascinating series so far. Von Doom returns to Latveria to find it in a shambles, leading him back to Castle Doom where his mother awaits. Not a lot of advancement plot-wise, but another strong character issue. I'm really enjoying Victor in this role.

9.0
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #5

Feb 28, 2017

This was a fascinating issue with a narrative framework I really liked, picking up on last issue from the perspective of Ben Grimm. The dialogue has been strong for this whole series, and that continues here, giving us more insight into what drives the sort-of reformed Doom. The action scenes where Victor attacks his mother with magic are beautifully rendered here, as Alex Maleev and Matt Hollingsworth do great work. Adding a bit to my grade was the ending, a serious wtf moment for me that, at the same time, invested me in this series all the more.

8.5
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #6

Apr 17, 2017

This is one of my favourite Marvel titles right now. I look forward to seeing Victor face of against Ultimate Reed, and his first meeting with Riri as well. The pace is slow, but I still find myself enjoying every issue.

7.5
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #7

May 8, 2017

This is an interesting issue, but only that. It's pace is sloooow, and Victor is almost too humble to believe here...I mean, he is still Doom, right? I'm looking forward to the next issue, though, where it looks like Doom and Reed will face off.

8.5
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #8

Jun 1, 2017

This an interesting issue, as we see twin conversations that build the slow burn of the story and serve as excellent character moments. I like the interaction between Victor and Riri (and Riri and A.I. Tony). The conversation between The Maker and Ben is interesting, too, as Reed attempts to win over Ben by talking about the good ol' times; this is before he makes a request that, to me, reveals he is definitely not the Reed Ben knows. Add a total WTF ending and this is a pretty great read.

8.0
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #9

Jul 20, 2017

Continues to be strong in characterization and art, though the story seems a bit plodding. But when the first two of these elements are done so well, I'm not complaining that much. The Johnny/Ben Grimm interaction was great, and makes me long for a return of the Fantastic Four by Bendis.

7.5
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #10

Aug 17, 2017

This issue has good moments but an ending that is pretty unclear and muddied. The scene with young Victor and his mother was interesting, and I really liked the scene with Ben Grimm looking through the ruins of Doom's castle, and the encounter he has. This book has a strong Fantastic Four feel. It has good characterization. But things continue to move at a snail's pace.

9.0
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #11

Sep 14, 2017

Because of the slow pace of this series, it is easy to criticize it for what it doesn't do rather than celebrate it for the things it did. While the tendency to ask for more action and plot movement is there, this series has been endlessly fascinating as a study of Doom's character and his relation to the rest of the Marvel universe. Bendis accompanies this great characterization with interesting dialogue, and when paired with Maleev's exemplary pencils, this series has been one of my favourites over the course of its run. With only one issue left, I am sad that it is over; surely this is the test of a fine series.

5.5
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #12

Oct 12, 2017

Bendis fails badly in the lacklustre #12 issue that has been, until now, a deeply fascinating title. The story that gained momentum over the first near-dozen issues crumbles at the end, with a rip-off quick ending that wraps up the necessary plot lines in a cheap and unsatisfying "Mephisto did it all!" Ending. The breaking of the 4th wall by Mephisto was beyond belief dumb. An interesting series that shits the bed at the end.

8.0
Infinity Countdown #1

Apr 3, 2018

Not sure what to make of this series, but I liked the prequel issues, and, whattaya know, it was pretty fun! Kuder's art is great, and it's a fun little reunion with he and the Guardians, coming after a pretty fine run on the belated "All-New Guardians of the Galaxy." These things can be a slog of too many characters, so I like that Duggan chose to focus on a relatively small cast. I'll be back for more next month!

8.5
Infinity Countdown #2

May 19, 2018

I wasn't looking forward to this, still wary of Marvel events, or in this case, a pre-event series, but it was really fun! Loved Aaron Kuder's artwork. His style seems to have developed into a really clear, not minimalistic, but Samnee-esque approach to detail. And it was fast paced and really readable. I forgot I missed the Guardians! My faith in this series is restored!

8.0
Infinity Countdown #3

Jun 20, 2018

Strangely enough, I continue to enjoy this prelude to an event miniseries--fun, exciting, interesting writing and art, Guardians of the Galaxy fix, cool new ideas in every issue. I like it a lot!

7.0
Infinity Countdown #4

Jul 29, 2018

This was an average comic book, with inconsistent art and a kind of meandering plot. I was surprised about the reveal at the end, which was cool and will have me back for the next issue. So there you go.

8.5
Infinity Countdown: Prime #1

Feb 27, 2018

Although not much is really happening here, the point being to give us a heads up on the location of each of the stones, I enjoyed this issue. The opening scene with Wolverine was fun, and Mike Deodato's art looks great. The backup bit with a history of the stones led me to skim a bit, but it's accompanied by a great sampling of old Avengers art. For a prelude, I was pleasantly surprised.

8.0
Inhumans: Once And Future Kings #1

Aug 17, 2017

The Inhumans intrigued me since way back when Paul Jenkins and Jae Lee did the awesome 12-issue limited series. But they've underwhelmed me since. Lately, with the battles with the X-Men and the endless stream of Nuhumans, I've grown to downright dislike them. But, since this deals with the original, core members, I thought I'd check it out. And it's pretty good. An interesting start to the series, a refreshing break from the nonsense that started with Marvel trying to force them down our throats, and awesome Phil Noto art, which makes it worth looking at alone.

9.0
Invincible #124

Oct 8, 2016

8.5
Invincible #125

Oct 8, 2016

9.0
Invincible #131

Nov 22, 2016

7.0
Invincible #132

Feb 7, 2017

This was okay. Cory Walker can draw, but this issue feels very rushed, as it doesn't seem up to standards. And the conclusion of the story seems like a bit of a cheat. I'm still looking forward to what is to come, but this didn't fully deliver for me.

8.5
Invincible #133

Feb 27, 2017

Allen! Say it ain't so! This was a very strong start to the final arc of "Invincible"...We're entering the stretch run, and things are gonna be crazy. And welcome back Ryan Ottley!

9.0
Invincible #134

Mar 31, 2017

I really liked this issue as the characters all recognize their responsibility, coming face to face with the idea of losing all they have because fighting is the right thing, the only thing to do. A character heavy issue, I found this quite charming (as was the return of the original costumes!).

8.0
Invincible #135

May 15, 2017

While these kind of epic battles can get long and drawn out, this issue is just fine as a set-up to further mayhem and action as the stakes continue to rise. "Invincible" has been a great series for a long time, and looks to finish strong if this issue is any indication.

7.5
Invincible #136

May 30, 2017

The epic battle continues, and Ryan Ottley shines in this issue, which is pretty to look at before being overcome by his trademark gore, where it becomes a mishmash of smashed and severed bodies. I'm more a fan of character-led issues than all-out battle ones, so I hope Kirkman allows for these moments alongside the carnage.

7.0
Invincible #137

Jul 21, 2017

Setting things up for next issue's big battle, mostly, this felt disjointed for me, as seemingly every page cuts to a different faction readying for war.

8.0
Invincible #138

Aug 17, 2017

This is an all-battle issue, with some really strong art by Ryan Ottley. And there are casualties. The stakes seem to be getting higher and higher as we approach the end.

9.0
Invincible #144

Mar 6, 2018

Robert Kirkman's "Invincible" comes to an epic close here in the extra-sized issue #144. Having started the series through trades early last year to catch up around the "Reboot" in the #120s., I have read a whole lot of "Invincible," and this conclusion brings the series full circle. Not many series, certainly not superhero series, allow us to view the whole scope of a man's life, his failings and his victories. Mark was never perfect, and that makes him, and the universe Kirkman, Ottley, and Smith have built around him, believable. This was a truly unique series, and I'm gonna miss it.

7.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #1

Nov 14, 2016

There's nothing that wrong with this book...Stefano Caselli's art is great; I enjoy Riri Williams; but it's pretty much superhero origin crafting by rote... and of course the spectre of what happened to Tony Stark looms over all.

8.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #2

Jan 9, 2017

Good issue, even though not much happens...the art is stellar, and Riri is a likeable character so far. I did raise a cynical eye at the editor asking where the Riri cosplay pics were, for this character in her second issue who we are just getting to know. Marvel really wants Riri-mania to happen, it's clear, but need to just let the character evolve, not force the issue...

9.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #3

Jan 23, 2017

I know it's fashionable to hate on Bendis right now, and it's true that "Civil War II" was an unmitigated disaster, but I was genuinely charmed by this issue. Bendis dialogue and characterization are on; I enjoyed Riri's interaction with AI Tony and Pepper. Also, Stefano Caselli is a damn fine artist. His "acting," the facial expressions of the characters, is dead on, and the montage of Ironheart fighting various villains while arguing with (again) AI Tony looked great. Pleasantly surprised by how much I enjoyed this issue.

7.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #4

Mar 11, 2017

This was the first issue where there was more action than character building, and the result is a comic that is just okay. I'm not sold on the protagonist, but I like Riri so I'm going to stay on.

8.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #5

Mar 31, 2017

Good issue, but I didn't like it as much as the previous issues. First, the selfie cover reminds me of the Oscar Awards selfie, and please, Marvel, don't do that. I missed projection-Tony Stark, and this Inhuman villain was as bland and generic as every other Nuhuman...Nu-Inhuman...whatever. It still has knock out art and I thought the scene in the first half of the book with Riri's mom was well done.

8.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #6

Apr 27, 2017

This issue was enjoyable, if a bit heavy on Riri being gobsmacked to be in the position she is now because ohmygod. A big help in issues like this where not a lot happens is Stefano Caselli's art, which is just great, and always helps this title stand out.

8.5
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #8

Jun 27, 2017

Riri continues to be a pretty charming character, and her chemistry with A.I. Tony continues to provide fun moments. Bendis effectively uses flashback scenes to develop Riri's character. And Stefano Caselli really delivers on art. "Invincible Iron Man" continues to quietly be a pretty damn good comic.

8.5
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #10

Sep 15, 2017

Fun issue with Riri subbing in as Queen of Latvaria. This is silly, of course, but an enjoyable read. Caseli kills it on art once again.

6.5
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #11

Oct 6, 2017

This series has been pretty damn good, but this issue is a disappointment. It's basically a space/time-filler before the Legacy relaunch next month, and it reads like filler. The women of Tony's life gather to discover he's not a total asshole after all! I found the multiple artists here jarring--they really took me out of the book. When your regular artist is Stefano Caselli, any drop in quality is shocking. There are a few pages of anime style big eyes near the end and I was like, "Nope. No no no." This is probably just a blip in the quality radar, but there's nothing that will be missed from skipping this issue.

8.5
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #593

Oct 28, 2017

I was reading this when I stopped and thought just how much I like the cast of this comic, and how great it could be if they keep Victor (and Maleev!) involved in the Iron Man universe. Caselli's art is great, and there is a cool, genuine sense of mystery over where Tony has gone. Strong work.

7.5
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #595

Jan 10, 2018

This issue looks pretty and is interesting, even if it feels a bit like treading water. I found the opening with Victor and his discovery interesting, but the whole bit with Riri's shit being stolen was kind of pointless. The art from Caselli, and especially Maleev, is pretty great here. And the ending suggests the story will be making a bigger advancement with the next issue--I only hope Bendis has enough time to give this big story he's crafted over the last few years properly.

6.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #597

Mar 10, 2018

This issue is not good. The first few pages are beautiful to look at, but very little of interest happens here. Doom falls to the Wrecking Crew, who seem to me like goons who are not at Doom's level. And Riri is going to get her armour back. And Tony is still missing! The thrills never end...

6.5
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #598

Apr 16, 2018

"The Search for Tony Stark" is a dud. At this point, I don't really give a fuck where Tony is, I know he'll be back for his relaunched title in a couple months. So we get to watch Victor being bested by a host of clownish b-villains, and Riri make friends, and it looks nice, but man, Bendis' Iron Man story is flaming out. Wasted potential from what was a really intriguing storyline a few months ago.

5.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #599

May 9, 2018

Umm...Part 7 in this endlessly boring tale of "where is Tony Stark?" I'm waiting for the 2020 sequel, "Tony Stark is Missing Again: Dare You Give a Fuck?" I don't really care about this at all. It's kind of crummy to see the two Bendis' titles on Victor and Riri succumb to this...boringness? I'm even thinking of opting out of the new Dan Slott Iron Man title, because...enough of this guy. Which is a weird way to think when he actually hasn't been here for a year. Except, oh yeah, his a.i. self was here, so it was like he was never gone...And then Leonardo! Fuck off, Bendis. Yeah, I didn't like it.

3.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #600

May 30, 2018

I was shocked and disappointed when I first heard Bendis was leaving Marvel (my faith even surviving "Civil War II), but after his farewell tour, I'm kind of like...thank fuck. This issue is woeful. It's like Bendis just sweeps all his post Civil War II Iron Man work away in an issue that substitutes solid storytelling with an absolute fuckload of exposition via dialogue. Riri and Victor have been the subject of some great comics in the last year or so, but she is nowhere to be found and Victor has the entire post-Secret War slate supposedly reversed. And, and Rhodey is alive again, because exactly no one was clamouring for his return, but, back to square one. I think I'm so turned off by this horseshit that I am considering skipping out on Slott's Iron Man relaunch. If you enjoy comics that are good and make sense, please do not read this.

10
IvX #1

Dec 20, 2016

Somehow, after the terrible prelude that was "Death of X," this issue turned out to be awesome. I love the opening assault launched by the X-Men; The scene with Jean Grey and Karnak was especially cool. My support lies totally behind the mutants: Old man Logan puts it best when he says, more or less, if the cloud survives we all die. If we destroy the cloud a bunch of people stay the same but don't get to have superpowers. I do have the sense, given the way Marvel has treated the mutants in the past year or two, that I'm backing the losing horse, but the last couple of years I've also built up a fervent hatred of the Inhumans in me. In any case, this issue was very well written and has beautiful art , and I am very excited for what is to come.

7.5
IvX #2

Jan 20, 2017

After a pretty flawless opening issue, this book slips back a bit, showing the X-Men's attack and incapacitation of the Inhumans. However, most of the Inhumans' heavy hitters aren't accounted for here, so the tide will turn. Even so, it's nice to see the mutants confident and powerful in defence of themselves. I'm still super excited for this series, but this issue was a bit light.

6.5
IvX #3

Jan 31, 2017

This issue is a bit of a holding pattern. Forge's machine to destroy the Terrigen cloud is destroyed, and the Inhumans continue to rally. Outside of the interesting Jean Grey/Karnak scene, not much excites here. And the artwork is sub-par, with awkward poses and faces. I understand that Lionel Yu couldn't continue to draw this and have it stay on schedule, but choosing a back up artist who is in the same ballpark would have helped. This series started great, but it's starting to lag pretty hard.

4.0
IvX #4

Feb 14, 2017

This series, which started so well, is tanking. Hard. The moment in which...Synapse? Is that his name? Takes over Magneto, who conveniently takes off his helmet to allow psychic attacks, and then begs of to go to the bathroom is...stupid. Just stupid. These nuhumans are not appealing characters at all. They are not memorable, with gimmicky names and powers. I don't care about them. The tide shifts here in favour of the Inhumans because this has to be six issues. The art is frustratingly hack-ish for an event like this. I understand Leinil Yu couldn't keep up to keep this coming out, but...it's bad. And, I shouldn't be surprised by this at this point, but the writing is just as bad. Jeff Lemire is one of the best writers in comics, and I can't believe he is associated with this mess. Charles Soule...ughh. And Ms. Marvel again asks, "Who are the bad guys?" in a bad flashback to Civil War II. The Inhumans! Obviously! I'm looking forward to Resurrexion, but the whole creative team is shitting the bed with this series. It's just a pointless, bad comic.

5.5
IvX #5

Feb 28, 2017

After a terrible 4th issue, "IvX" rebounds somewhat here; it is also a wildly inconsistent book, with hideous dialogue. Fantomex and Karnak argue about boring each other. Havoc talks about how Medusa destroyed his brothers reputation, then shrugs and says, basically, "Sure, take Black Bolt. After all, where can you go?" Sigh. Cyclops turns on the mutants, for a good cause and blah blah blah. They Inhumans, after acting like assholes for the past year+ say "We're not monsters!" Javi Garron's art continues to underwhelm. This is a colour-by-numbers "event" comic. On a more positive note, there's only one more issue of this shit.

6.5
IvX #6

Mar 13, 2017

This issue, like the series, is wildly inconsistent. On the positive side, Lionil Yu returns and the book looks great. I also enjoyed Emma Frost's turn toward's more complete villainy, even if I sympathized with her. On the other hand, Medusa is told that the X-Men only attacked because the terrigen cloud was killing them, and she was like, "Why didn't they tell me?" Didn't Beast tell her this in the first fucking issue? So after 7 issues (including #0) the conflict is wrapped up in minutes. The dialogue was also quite often terrible; Psylocke tells Medusa, "I've got a sword. You can't beat me with hair!" and Medusa responds, "Wanna bet?" Ehhh. So, my overall thoughts on the series are: 1) Well, that happened. 2) Couldn't this story have been told in two issues? 3) I appreciate the need to use back-up artists to stick to the schedule, but when there is such a drop in quality between the primary artist and his replacement, it is not good. 4) Now that it's done, I'm so glad to have the Inhumans out of my life.

6.0
James Bond: Felix Leiter #1

Jan 23, 2017

Well, this issue was a bit shaky for me. The fight in the alley between Felix and his ex-love Russian spy was a bit awkward (i.e., why is Felix blinded? how does she disappear?) I found the art to be so-so. One panel (the shot of the bridge) in particular looks like the most blatant example of photoshopping I've ever seen. Also, not much comes out of the characterization of Felix except he's beaten down. I'm not too sold on this version of Felix.

8.0
James Bond: Hammerhead #1

Oct 14, 2016

9.0
James Bond: Hammerhead #2

Nov 15, 2016

Diggle has a great handle on Bond, from the witty dialogue to the suspenseful spy action...this is a fun book.

8.5
James Bond: Hammerhead #3

Dec 21, 2016

9.0
James Bond: Hammerhead #4

Feb 18, 2017

I picked this issue up, then put it down, and left it for a week, thinking I needed to read the fist three to catch up. But then I tried again and it was all clear, and this issue was absolutely thrilling, with a great ending. Good job on the creative team to deliver an issue absolutely in the spirit of Bond, and make it so everything I needed to know was right here in this issue, without any heavy handed exposition. Hey, it's not anyone's fault I read so many books and sometimes forget the plot directions. But great books like this make it so everything is clear through the writing and action.

8.5
Jessica Jones #1

Oct 8, 2016

10
Jessica Jones #2

Nov 22, 2016

This issue raises a lot of questions that have yet to be answered, but I am enjoying the intrigue. Jessica and Luke's conflict is intense, leaving me wanting to know what caused such estrangement. Bendis and Gaydos are in top form here. Can't wait for the next issue.

6.0
Jessica Jones #3

Dec 27, 2016

Progress made in the first two issues falls off a cliff here. This issue goes nowhere, failing to advance the plot in any way. And it's boring.

6.5
Jessica Jones #4

Jan 30, 2017

This issue started alright, but proved frustrating. I really enjoyed Luke's talk with Misty Knight in the opening pages. What I did not like is Captain Marvel showing up, dragging Jessica into the bullshit fallout from Civil War II. And it seems this Allison woman she falsely accused in Civil War II has become a villain, because Ullyses. And Carol selfishly asked Jessica to sacrifice her marriage and family to go undercover. And Jessica agreed, for some reason. Ugh. I really liked how this series started, but the direction it has gone in the last two issues has left me just annoyed.

9.5
Jessica Jones #5

Feb 14, 2017

I had a problem with the direction and pace of the last two issues, but this surprised me and pulled me back in. I did not expect to see this darkly intense look at the ramifications of Secret Wars, and didn't really consider them in the way this issue forces the reader to, as the nullification of billions of lives, countless universes. It's very smartly done, and has me reinvested in this series.

6.0
Jessica Jones #6

Mar 13, 2017

So Jessica fucked up her life and her marriage and custody of her child to help stupid Carol Danvers with her stupid plan to nail Alison Greene, so Bendis can have her be right about everything in "Civil War II" because Marvel has to continue shoving her down our throats? I don't think I've had such a love/hate relationship with a comic like this before. Just when an amazing issue pops up, Bendis shits the bed in the next issue.

8.5
Jessica Jones #7

May 2, 2017

This series has been pretty erratic so far, with Bendis impressing me at one turn and infuriating me at the next, but this issue I enjoyed. The two pages with Jessica in the liquor store amongst countless bottles (countless escapes) says a lot about where she is right now without words. I still find her choices regarding going undercover and risking her family for it head shaking, but this is a good issue.

7.0
Jessica Jones #8

May 11, 2017

Meh. Too much Maria Hill, too much S.H.I.E.L.D. I would have preferred this book to go on its own direction for a bit after having the last arc tie around Captain Marvel, but to no avail. Not looking forward to another arc draped around characters I'm already tired of.

9.0
Jessica Jones #9

Jun 13, 2017

"Jessica Jones" can be frustrating, and yeah, not a lot of plot happens, but this character issue truly delivers. It's a lot of fun and shows us what's really going on in the mind of these characters. This is the good that comes with the bad of Bendis. We feel the great chemistry between Luke and Jessica for the first time in a long time, and Gaydos kills it. With this, and his work on "The Black Hood" last year (?), he is really on top of his game.

7.5
Jessica Jones #10

Jul 25, 2017

An okay issue. Not much happens, but it's not boring either. More excellent Gaydos art. Not great, but not bad.

7.0
Jessica Jones #11

Aug 20, 2017

This issue uses a creative flashback, using Javier Pulido's classic Steranko-esque art to bring us back in time. I did find, however, the flashback a bit hard to follow. Moreso, however, is the fact that I don't really care about Maria Hill, so this arc is falling a little flat for me. This series has been wildly inconsistent, ranging from excellent to solid to frustrating. I'd say this is one of the solid, but unspectacular issues.

8.0
Jessica Jones #12

Oct 11, 2017

This issue rounds out the whole Maria Hill mystery, in an issue that is above average largely for its art. Michael Gaydos does his usual outstanding job drawing Jessica in gritty, modern-day style, while Javier Pulido's clean lines draw us to the past with an early meeting between Hill and Nick Fury. The contrast works great in dividing the story's past/present. I have found this arc inconsistent and occasionally frustrating, but it ends on a higher note, with the ending revealing an explosive hint of what is coming.

8.0
Jessica Jones #13

Oct 22, 2017

This is a generally well done issue, even if nothing really happens. The killer ending leaves a strong impression, and has me thoroughly creeped out/pumped for the next issue.

8.5
Jessica Jones #16

Feb 20, 2018

Bendis’ time with Marvel is almost done, as we see the series he writes reach their conclusion. This is trademark Bendis, an issue built around a conversation—but it’s a very interesting conversation that leads to a rather unexpected conclusion. Time is almost up—I’m savouring Bendis writing Jessica for what may be the last time.

7.5
Jessica Jones #17

Mar 11, 2018

This feels like a last issue. Jessica's struggle with the Purple Man comes to a close, albeit a somewhat underwhelming one. I'm not even sure if this series will continue post-Bendis, but there is at least one more. This is a little too conversational (too Bendis-y?), even if it does have great Gaydos art.

10
Jessica Jones #18

Apr 1, 2018

"Jessica Jones" has come to an end, or at least Jessica Jones as we know here has, as Brian Michael Bendis is moving on to DC. This issue is not what I expected the conclusion to be, but it was wonderful and amazing, a fantastic one-shot that really epitomizes everything Jessica Jones is. Bendis smartly equates Jessica with the issue's not-really antagonist, and the way they mirror each other and learn from each other in their conversation is just great. Michael Gaydos absolutely just brought it here for the finale, and this one looks so good...his versions of Spider-Man and Ben Grimm left me dazed. This is a great end to a great run.

7.5
Judge Dredd: Under Siege #1

Jun 17, 2018

My only Judge Dredd memories are reading some Simon Bisley issues---never really left an impression, except maybe being kinda weird. But, seeing Mark Russell doing this intrigued me, and I checked it out. It's okay. I'm not quite sure what to make of it yet. I'm hoping that Russell will flesh things out more in the upcoming issues. The art was solid, pretty nice. This didn't blow my mind, but I'm interested enough to put it on my pull list.

7.5
Jughead (2015) #11

Dec 6, 2016

Doesn't reach the heights of the last two issues, but very solid

7.0
Jughead (2015) #13

Mar 6, 2017

Solid fun, but lacking the charm of North and, er, Charm's first Jughead story with Sabrina.

9.0
Jupiter's Legacy: Vol. 2 #4

Oct 14, 2016

8.0
Jupiter's Legacy: Vol. 2 #5

Jul 25, 2017

It's been so long since the last issue that I forgot a lot of details that probably would have helped this issue stand out more, but Frank Quitely's art makes it good enough. Of course it is a great looking issue, and it has an optimistic ending. At some point I'll probably reread all five issues in a sitting, which will probably make this instalment stand out a little more.

7.0
Justice League (2016) #34

Dec 13, 2017

I haven't read a "Justice League" book since early in the New 52, but with the new creative team, decided to give it a spin. And...it's fine. Pete Woods art is, for the most part, pretty strong here, and I felt the book was nicely paced at first, but by the end, I felt like...well..."ehhh." I wanted to be grabbed here, like I was by the awesome cover, but I don't think I'll be adding this to my pull list.

6.5
Justice League (2018) #1

Jun 16, 2018

I've never read an extended Justice League run because somehow the book has never captured or captivated me enough to keep me coming back. However with this relaunch I thought I'd try it again, but, looking at the Justice League assembled in the psychic boardroom did not get me. I just was kind of bored here, and the heavy-handed narration is just a further reminder that Scott Snyder's style has evolved into something I don't really like reading. The Jim Cheung art is rougher than usual, but still pretty awesome. But he's gone next issue, and so am I. I don't care enough about anything going on here to read issue #2.

8.5
Kick-Ass (2018) #2

Apr 24, 2018

I really enjoyed this issue of "Kick-Ass"-- it's well-paced, violent, funny, and has heart, just like the original "Kick-Ass." Romita Jr.'s art was good, and I like Patience as a character so far. Fun book.

8.0
Kick-Ass (2018) #3

May 22, 2018

I'm kind of surprised by how much I like the new "Kick-Ass," but Patience is a likeable character, and this brings the mix of humanity and brutal, crushing violence that the original series did so well. This is a fast, exciting read that leaves me wanting more. And what more do you want from a comic than that?

7.5
Kick-Ass (2018) #4

May 29, 2018

This was a good issue. Lots of action and tension, and a clever plot point referring to last issue to save Kick-Ass's...well. But I found JRJR's characters look a lot a like, confusing me a bit in the midst of the action.

8.0
Kick-Ass (2018) #5

Jun 28, 2018

I liked this issue. Tense and interesting throughout. I thought this Solo dude made an interesting nemesis. He's kind of a cliche, but it's well played. JRJR's pencils were strong. Nothing too deep going on here, but a fun read.

8.5
Kill Or Be Killed #3

Oct 16, 2016

8.0
Kill Or Be Killed #7

Mar 31, 2017

This was not what I was expecting from this book, but it was an interesting read nonetheless. This issue has lost a bit of momentum in the last two issues, as we break away from Dylan's narrative, but I imagine this is to fill out the story and make it deeper, which is fine.

9.0
Kill Or Be Killed #9

Jun 6, 2017

This was a really great, suspenseful, anxiety-filled issue of "Kill or be Killed." The story flies by almost as if in real time as Dylan continues to dig himself deeper into chaos. The series generally features stories that start dead in the middle of the action, then fill things out with flashbacks, and it works again here. The scene where Dylan is talking to the Russian in the van, and the Russian realizes, when Dylan starts talking about the demon, that this guy might be fucking crazy, is chilling. Great, great stuff from Brubaker and Phillips.

9.0
Kill Or Be Killed #10

Jul 18, 2017

"Kill or be Killed" continues to be an awesome read. This issue finds things growing further out of Dylan's control, and the deep narrative in this issue effectively made me question his sanity. Sean Phillips art is stellar once again.

10
Kill Or Be Killed #11

Aug 15, 2017

This is a great issue, the start to the third arc. Brubaker and Phillips storytelling is exemplary here...the way the words work with the pictures is just perfect. I hope their creative partnership lasts forever. We get back to the beginning here, and focus on Dylan's continuation of killing after the demon is revealed to be a creation of his un-medicated mind (or so he thinks). It's just a great looking, really fascinating book. The way Brusker coreographs actions scenes is incredible. A pretty perfect issue.

9.0
Kill Or Be Killed #12

Sep 29, 2017

This series continues to shine in an action and intrigue filled issue. Brubaker has done a great job in his characterization of Dylan, once hesitant to commit violence, now a cold killer. The beast, if it exists, seems to have taken a back seat as Dylan no longer needs its motivation to kill. Great story, great Sean Phillips art.

9.0
Kill Or Be Killed #14

Dec 13, 2017

Things reach a conclusion of sorts here, even as Dylan assures us that this is not the end. Brubaker and Phillips continue to knock this out of the park, as we see Dylan wishing for a normal life, but the return of a friend ensures this is not so. This is excellent stuff. Great cliffhanger. Go buy this!

8.5
Kill Or Be Killed #15

Feb 14, 2018

"Kill or Be Killed" has been one comics' best series over the course of its 15 issues, and though this one isn't as perfect as some entries, it does open the new arc interestingly. The ending was surprising and left me wanting to read the next issue now. As for its weaknesses, I felt this issue relied a bit too much on the demon haunting Dylan. I'm sure this was deemed necessary by Brubaker to make Dylan's descent into madness make sense, but it's always been a bit of "less is more" with the demon, in my opinion. He pops up everywhere after Dylan here, eventually striking me as more annoying than scary. Still, good issue, great book.

9.5
Kill Or Be Killed #16

Feb 27, 2018

This is a great chapter of "Kill or be Killed" has Dylan, and the reader, unsure what is real and what is not. I was stunned by the developments of the book by the end, and can't wait till the next issue. This series continues to be great.

9.0
Kill Or Be Killed #17

Apr 12, 2018

I liked this issue as almost a kind of one-shot; of course we are deeply immersed in the larger storyline, but this issue shows us Dylan conceive and execute a plan, with plenty of hiccups along the way. The side characters and subplots, even the main driving plot, fall away as we follow Dylan's focus...or obsession...with making his kill. The artwork is especially beautiful here, with many scenes set in snowy New York...beautiful Philips artwork to go with a compelling Brubaker plot.

8.5
Kill Or Be Killed #18

May 9, 2018

Another great issue of "Kill or Be Killed." This one is measured in pace for sure, but definitely amps up the storyline in that our Detective sharp has singled her focus on Dylan as the true culprit. I liked the character, but perhaps Sean Phillips goes overboard on her arching her eyebrows in a curious Spockian way? Other than this, the issue looked spectacular, and the case of the imitation killer is really interesting to me as well. I really liked it.

9.5
Kill Or Be Killed #19

Jun 20, 2018

This, the second last, is a stunning issue of "Kill or be Killed." Sean Phillips creates the perfect backdrop for these scenes with his brilliant depiction of the winter streets and the claustrophobia of the mental wards. The philosophy is clearly established in the first few pages of narration by Brubaker, and his story almost allows Dylan a moment of nihilistic victory, before a conclusion that reveals we have almost come to an end with all of this. This comic was just so intense and so suspenseful, I was captivated throughout. Awesome stuff.

8.5
Kingpin (2017) #1

Feb 14, 2017

This was a really good comic. It's a fascinating look at the Kingpin of Crime, and how he's...changed? The dialogue was sharp, Sarah Dewey's character was well done, and the ending was a great bit of characterization for Wilson. I'm keeping on with this series.

8.0
Kingpin (2017) #2

Mar 14, 2017

Rosenberg continues to explore the human side of the Kingpin, with a certain dark menace underlying his displays of humanity. A deeper look than we are used to. I liked it.

8.5
Kingpin (2017) #5

Jun 23, 2017

I picked up this series because of Matthew Rosenberg's work (I like it), and I am glad I did, because this was as good as any mini-series on the Kingpin that could be expected. The book took a turn towards the Kingpin's more conventional characterization here, but it makes sense due to what Rosenberg established in the first four issues. The ending takes on a more sinister edge because it isn't quite what I expected from the last page. Series' based upon a villain can be tough, but the team did a pretty good job here.

9.0
Lady Killer 2 #3

Nov 22, 2016

The story takes an interesting turn in this issue, as Josie is compromised by her friendly agreement with "Uncle Irving." This series and its predecessor have never spared darkly comic violence, and this issue is no different; Joelle Jones absolutely nails it with her writing of Josie and her fantastic art. This issue's a killer.

9.5
Lady Killer 2 #4

Mar 15, 2017

This series keeps on being one of the best in comics. In this penultimate issue, the stakes are raised as heat falls on Gene for his boss's death, and Josie's ex-partner (and Nazi!) Irving has turned his attention to her family. Joelle Jones is doing maybe the best art in comics right now, and as a writer, keeps Josie cold-blooded but a sympathetic protagonist at the same time. Half tupperware parties, half brothel murders, "Lady Killer 2" is an incredible series.

9.0
Lady Killer 2 #5

Sep 13, 2017

Joelle Jones continues to be a revelation, one of the most talented people working in the comics industry right now. "Lady Killer 2" wraps up with a bloody battle that does the series justice, with an ending that suggests we are not through with Jose. Jones has, I believe, gone exclusive with DC, and her work on "Supergirl Being Super" really delivers; let's hope, though, it doesn't keep her from creator owned work like "Lady Killer" for too long.

9.0
Lady Mechanika: La Dama De La Muerte #2

Nov 8, 2016

8.5
Lady Mechanika: La Dama De La Muerte #3

Feb 10, 2017

After building a connection between Lady Mechanika and the townspeople in the first two issues, and the massacre that closed issue two, nothing is left but the bloodletting as Lady Mechanika seeks revenge. Such is the nature of stories with the theme of vengeance. I liked the first two more, but this was still very well done. This was an entertaining series with beautiful art.

9.0
Lazarus #26

Apr 6, 2017

This was a really good issue. It's a bummer that this is going on hiatus, but the whole thing is as great as it is because of Michael Lark, and I'd rather wait for him than endure a fill-in artist. I just hope it's not too long....

7.0
Loose Ends (2017) #2

Mar 6, 2017

Ehhh...I'm sorta on board. I liked the sweet romantic bit more than the junk with the drugs and cops.

7.5
Loose Ends (2017) #3

Mar 28, 2017

Grimy, druggy crime story, fascinating enough, if not overly chaotic. This chaos reflects the lives of the characters well, however.

5.5
Loose Ends (2017) #4

May 4, 2017

In the end, "Loose Ends" isn't for me. It was messy, confusing and the dialogue is cringe-worthy ("Face like a plate full of assholes"). I like noir, but this failed for me.

6.5
Luke Cage (2017) #1

May 21, 2017

This is a fairly lacklustre comic, totally lacking the charm that made "Power Man and Iron Fist" so fun. I know Walker is going for a different tone here, but I just didn't find it that interesting. Also, the pencils of Nelson Blake are pretty pedestrian. I think I'm going to wait until "The Defenders" to check back on Luke.

7.5
Man-Thing (2017) #1

Mar 13, 2017

That was different. I am not a Man-Thing fan, but was curious enough to give this a try. It reads like a 70s-80s comic with the 3rd person narration, but that wasn't necessarily a bad thing (though some of the jokes were groan-inducing...like an old comic). At 42, I think I'm too old to have read any "Goosebumps," but this left me entertained enough to try issue 2 as well.

9.0
Marvel Legacy #1

Oct 7, 2017

"Marvel Legacy" is getting a lot of comparisons to "DC Rebirth," and they certainly have a lot in common. One of these things is that they both play to their base, respectively giving both Marvel and DC heads a lot to geek out over. Is "Marvel Legacy" as good as "DC Rebirth," in terms of story told, and building anticipation for the future? Probably not; "Rebirth" feels tighter and more focussed, and it's hard to top the idea of the Watchmen entering the DCU. But is it awesome in its own right? Fuck yeah. There is a lot going on here, and, yeah, it doesn't work as a narrative piece as well as "Rebirth" did, but, as a Marvel guy, I loved it. The 1,000, 000 BC Avengers is a great way to open the issue, and I did get a real sense of the heart of Marvel in it. I'm not one of those fans who have been shitting on Marvel's recent performance; I don't like Gwenpool, or Moon Girl, and I miss Bruce Banner and good-guy Steve Rogers, but I don't buy the idea of the MCU as being misguided and just not that good; I still collect four more times Marvel than DC just because I like the universe more, and probably, a lot of fanboy nostalgia. Which is where "Legacy" comes in. New and old characters in the MCU are represented here, and the issue does a good job of making it seem like Marvel has just been being Marvel with its influx of new characters or new iterations on old hits. The art in the issue is stellar; there are super-cool moments throughout (Wolverine placing his beer in a dead Frost Giant's guts to keep it cool; Lady Thor and Falcon Cap making out) and Jason Aaron does a great job capturing the voices of the many characters here. "Marvel Legacy" does its job...it has me pumped up for not only a lot of titles I really like already, but some I've cancelled over the last year. Make mine Marvel!

8.5
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) #1

Jun 26, 2018

We’ve been without new adventures from The Fantastic Four since the end of “Secret Wars,” but we do get something close here. Zdarsky does a great job writing Ben Grimm, who is the star and focal point of the issue. His rapport with the other characters is really well done, and Zdarsky’s got Ben’s voice down. The pencils are by the extraordinary Jim Cheung, so this is incredible to look at. Beautiful, sentimental, well-paced issue. I’m gonna be reading the rest in a binge...

9.5
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) #2

Jun 26, 2018

"Marvel Two-in-One" #2 is a great issue, face paced and fun and really funny--Chip Zdarsky has got the voices and rapport of Johnny and Ben down, and though his Doom is far more abrasive than Bendis' version, it fits well with these characters and their history. I love the sense of history this has, referencing issues from the 80s and 60s. The sentiment here is just right--it feels good seeing these guys go on their adventure together. And we won't get Jim Cheung art again for a few issues, but, omigod, this is just stunning! This is a pretty, um, fantastic comic!

8.5
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) #3

Jun 26, 2018

Awesome, fun issue as Johnny and Ben continue to look into the source of their depleting powers, and, maybe, just maybe, a hint of what happened to Reed, Sue, and the kids? The art switches from Jim Cheung to Valerio Schiti in this issue, and, I'm sorry Valerio, it's not your fault, but damn, Cheung's pencils were incredible. Still a super fun issue, and I'm going to read the next one right now!

9.0
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) #4

Jun 27, 2018

Wow! This is a really fantastic book! I'm late to the game reading this, having had issues 2-present in a pile waiting till I got no.1. So now I can't stop reading this title...it's amazing how Chip Zdarsky has 2 of Marvel's top books right now to his credit (this and "Peter Parker the Spectacular Spider-Man"), and what strikes me about both is how natural a rapport Zdarsky has with the characters...all of the voices really ring true...this truly captures the vibe of "Legacy" with an amazing story crossing realities to solve a mystery that has hung over the Marvel universe for a couple of years. Also, Valerio Schiti's art is crazy good here--I've liked his work a lot in the past, but this issue is some next level stuff. Great, great book!

8.5
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) #5

Jun 30, 2018

With this story and what he's been doing lately in "Peter Parker, the Spectacular Spider-Man," Chip Zdarsky is on a real multi-universe crossing trip--here Ben and Johnny find Reed and Sue, but it's a broken Reed who has failed to save a universe on the brink of extinction. Victor Von Doom is also on the scene, both as reluctant teammate to this sort-of FF, and as the destroyer himself, Doom as Galactus! Fun, well-paced, great characterization, solid art...really cool stuff going on in this book!

8.5
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) #6

Jul 14, 2018

This is a really great issue of what has been an unexpectedly great series. The adventures of the Fantastic Four, not our FF, but an alternate universe Reed and Sue...and Doom. This is a book with big, crazy ideas, and it a lot of fun to read. And, Jim Cheung returns to do the art, and remind everyone he is one the best artists in the industry. It's a great looking book.

9.0
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) Annual #1

Aug 1, 2018

This issue was super fun and interesting to read. I loved the Counsel of Reeds and the conversation Reed has with Victor, and the Victor vs. Victor battle was cool as well. Chip Zdarsky has done a great job writing a secret "Fantastic Four" book with "Marvel Two-in-One," and this is one of the most entertaining series I'm currently reading. And the Declan Shalvey art is just...fantastic! Great stuff.

7.5
Mayday (2016) #1

Nov 3, 2016

7.0
Mayday (2016) #2

Dec 21, 2016

8.0
Midnighter And Apollo #1

Oct 10, 2016

9.0
Midnighter And Apollo #2

Nov 5, 2016

8.5
Midnighter And Apollo #3

Dec 13, 2016

Another strong issue. The whole journey into whole thing has been done 1 million times, but so far, it is fresh and interesting here.

9.0
Midnighter And Apollo #4

Jan 22, 2017

This issue might be my favourite in the series, and it is the first that equally features Apollo, most of the series before this focusing on Midnighter. It appears Apollo is vanquished in his riddle contest with Neros, but I suspect there is more on this to be revealed. And, once again, Fernando Blanco dominates in the art.

10
Mister Miracle (2017) #1

Aug 15, 2017

Having grown up with Marvel, I don't know these characters, but, nonetheless, "Mister Miracle" #1 is absolutely captivating. It's dark and fascinating and I don't know exactly what's going but I could not put this down. Tom King is probably the best writer in comics today, and he creates a world of ambiguity here, augmented by the fantastic art of Mitch Gerads. This is book is strange and wonderful, and I can't wait to see where this goes.

9.0
Mister Miracle (2017) #2

Sep 29, 2017

This is a weird, but curious and entertaining series so far. Perhaps my lack of knowledge of the New Gods is leaving me a little more in the dark than other readers, but I find the mystery and ambiguity of the story absolutely fascinating. The highlight here for me was the sadistic Granny Goodness. Yikes! Mitch Gerads continues to kill it on art.

9.5
Mister Miracle (2017) #5

Jan 4, 2018

I kind of went in to this issue with a bit of trepidation, thinking "I am already pretty lost as to what is going on in this series...Will I have to reread the first 4 issues?" A lot of this story's ambiguity is intentional by King and Gerads, of course, but I still got a greater sense of the story here in issue #5 than I have gotten from the first four issues. There is a lot of tenderness between Scott and Big Barda here, and the development of their relationship is a great part about this issue and the series as a whole. And, while Marvel is already down, Funky Flashman makes his long-awaited return, only to...well, it ain't pretty!

9.0
Monsters Unleashed #1

Jan 23, 2017

"Monsters Unleashed" part one was a whole lot of fun. It is exactly as it seems to be: Marvel's heroes rising to fight giant monsters across the globe. The Steve McNiven art on this was a definite treat--the book looks absolutely great. There are no big character moments with a book like this, but Bunn keeps the story moving and has the voices down. It is nice to see Marvel's all-stars gather without heavy-handed conflict arising between them. Lots of action, lots of fun.

7.0
Monsters Unleashed #2

Feb 10, 2017

This series is the exact opposite of Civil War II; the last Marvel event was plagued by issues dominated by dialogue, a lack of action, whereas this series is all-action. Well, I guess the common point is that the story behind each is lacking. Anyway, this was pleasant, and I liked issue 1, but I'm already kind of bored by these monsters.

7.0
Monsters Unleashed #3

Feb 27, 2017

This series has become frustrating. Lionil Yu's art here is upper level stuff, totally awesome, but the story...not. What there is of story totally lacks any originality. This is happening because Inhumans. Fucking terrigen cloud, Marvel's explanation for everything. So this rating is a 10 on art, and a 4 on story. So, there you go.

5.0
Monsters Unleashed #4

Mar 7, 2017

So many monsters. So...meh. This is all-action, and it's all-boring.

5.0
Monsters Unleashed #5

Mar 20, 2017

Well, it's over. Utterly pointless. This kind of mindless action was fun for me for exactly one issue, when my sensibilities were bludgeoned by the heavy handedness of "Civil War II," and silly action seemed welcome. Then each further issue continued to grate more and more on my nerves. If I was seven years old again perhaps I would have liked this series. And the art was stellar throughout. And Marvel kept it so on schedule, by the time I decided to drop it the issues had been pre-ordered for me. So there's that...

9.5
Monstress #7

Jan 19, 2017

"Monstress" returns in fantastic form, as Maika digs further into the mystery of her mother's past, and fights the Monstrum within. We find out more about Maika while watching her grow more calculating and savage. The art is absolutely stunning... I was floored by the opening splash page. This is a fine book.

8.5
Monstress #8

Jan 21, 2017

A bit of a placeholder issue, but digs us a little deeper into Maika's world and the mysteries she is pursuing. Strong on character and an absolute beauty to behold.

9.0
Monstress #10

Mar 6, 2017

This issue is dark and creepy, as we delve further into the mysteries of this universe. Things are never as they seem here, so there is constant feeling of dread of what is to come. And the ferryman is fucking cool. The art by Sana Takeda is gorgeous, as usual. "Monstress" continues to be one of my favourite titles in comics right now.

9.0
Monstress #13

Mar 29, 2018

"Monstress" is back with a plus-size issue, and after a bit of time clearing the fogwebs from my brain and aligning the characters in this fantasy story of political intrigue, but it is really an interesting issue with a lot going on, and, you know, full of beautiful art and fun to read. The expanded size works well here to re-establish things for this arc, and there are major shifts in the playing field that will need to be reckoned with in this arc. I don't read many comics quite like "Montress," (I'm not sure there are any!) but this is a satisfying read that is always one of my faves when I find it in my new stack of comics for the week. Go "Monstress"!

7.5
Monstress #14

Apr 27, 2018

Kind of a quiet, regrouping issue of "Monstress," this nonetheless had some strong points--the art is awesome, as always, and the fox camp was interesting. We didn't see enough of this, but the preview for #15s cover suggests it will get closer treatment. Not as dynamic as always, but still a really good series.

8.5
Monstress #15

Jun 4, 2018

"Monstress" #15 has a real sinister feel to it, as we grow to learn more about the duplicitous motives of Master Ren, as he is tasked to deliver our beloved Kippa to his masters. This series continues to be gorgeous, suspenseful, and fun.

7.0
Monstress #16

Jun 21, 2018

This issue is surprisingly dull. "Monstress" usually maintains a strong sense of tension and suspense, but this instalment doesn't really offer much intrigue. It's pretty looking, but also pretty dull.

8.5
Moon Knight (2016) #7

Oct 16, 2016

8.5
Moon Knight (2016) #8

Nov 3, 2016

8.5
Moon Knight (2016) #9

Dec 12, 2016

Strong end to this arc. The different artists work well together once again to produce a great looking book.

10
Moon Knight (2016) #10

Jan 22, 2017

Greg Smallwood returns in this issue and Jeff Lemire turns up the weird. I must have been sleeping on Smallwood before this series, because he has risen from I-don't-know-where to become one of the finest artists in comics. He and Jordie Bellaire are just a masterful team. We get a glimpse at Marc's childhood before the story gets even more surreal and turns upside down on us (literally). This is too good.

8.5
Moon Knight (2016) #11

Feb 22, 2017

The weird continues. So does the awesome Greg Smallwood art. This title is mystifying, and I don't know when or if Jeff Lemire is going to give us real answers, but it's a strange trip I look forward to reading each month.

8.5
Moon Knight (2016) #12

Mar 22, 2017

As we get closer to the conclusion of this series, I'm not really any more sure of what is going on, but I'm enjoying the mystery. I liked seeing the multiple facets of Marc here, and Greg Smallwood's art continues to impress.

9.0
Moon Knight (2016) #13

Apr 26, 2017

Jeff Lemire and Greg Smallwood's penultimate issue of "Moon Knight" is an excellent one, one that makes me feel as if some real answers are on the horizon. It's too bad this is ending, but at the same time, I think the end is timely, as I feel the man lost in his own mind trope can only go on so long, and like it or not, it's Moon Knight's defining trope. At a certain point, reading issue after issue of uncertainty over what is real and what is not loses me. This is why I like this issue; the sense that Lemire has a definitive end to this story in mind.

9.0
Moon Knight (2017) #195

Jun 15, 2018

I haven't read "Moon Knight" since Jeff Lemire and Greg Smallwood left a year or two ago, but I picked this up, and...it was totally bizarre and I loved it. The opening scene with The Collective left me curious as to how this could be a threat, expecting them to be a comedic foil in the issue, but they truly morph into something terrifying--the page of the Collective swallowing Moon Knight is awesome--which leads me to the art, by Paul Davidson, which is a weird kind of Rob Guillory/Todd MacFarlane hybrid. It took a few pages to get use to, but by the end I loved it. And I don't remember if I've read Max Bemis comics before, but I dug this, so I'll definitely add this to my pull list!

9.0
Moonshine (2016) #1

Oct 8, 2016

9.0
Moonshine (2016) #2

Nov 22, 2016

This story of the prohibition business (and werewolves) continues in great fashion with mystery, intrigue, and totally stunning Eduardo Risso art. Cool comic.

9.0
Moonshine (2016) #5

Feb 18, 2017

This was a great issue. The mystery continues to build, but pieces are falling into place, to the point of a big reveal at the end. The Eduardo Risso art is absolutely amazing; he is a virtuoso. This issue is sexy, dangerous, and cool.

8.5
Moonshine (2016) #6

Apr 17, 2017

It's a treat to get regular Eduardo Risso art; he is a master in comic art. The first arc comes to a close, and it's mainly raining bullets here. It was cool to see the wolf revealed in his full fury. I feel that I kind of forget what has happened previously in this series when a new issue comes out, so now that the first arc is done, I look forward to reading all six issues at once.

7.5
Moonshine (2016) #7

Apr 4, 2018

“Moonshine” is back, and, I must say I am somewhat baffled by the events here, it’s been so long on hiatus. Welcome to modern comics. The creators have got to get the reader back in tune with the plot and characters, something not really effectively done here. Russo’s art is beautiful, and the book succeeds in mood/atmosphere, but I wasn’t floored like I feel I should be after a book with this caliber of creator.

7.0
Moonshine (2016) #8

Apr 24, 2018

I don't really know what's going on here, and that may be on me, but this comic does little to fill us in as to what has been occurring. Could a simple lack of a recap ruin this book for me? It's certainly not helping. I pieced it together enough to get a grasp of things...Lou's "Cool Hand Luke" thing was okay, and we got to see a single shoe fly in the air with the sound effect pow, just like Charlie Brown in "Peanuts"! So, yeah!

6.5
Moonshine (2016) #10

Jun 30, 2018

This is a terribly paced, plodding storyline, and I am not even sure what's going on because it seems Azzarello is giving us plot scraps rather than anything coherent. The issue ended well, but I'm still lost. I loved "100 Bullets," but this series has been seriously underwhelming. Rizzo's art is great, but I have taken to think of reading this as a chore when I see it in my pile, which can't be good.

10
Mother Panic #1

Nov 11, 2016

Amazing, intriguing first issue. I was duely fascinated by Houser's story and Tommy Lee Edwards' art blew me away. The excellent back-up story capped things off in a very cool way.

8.5
Mother Panic #2

Feb 1, 2017

This issue shows digs us a little deeper into the mystery of Violet Paige and her role as the newest vigilante in Gotham. Great character moments and fantastic art by Tommy Lee Edwards.

8.5
Mother Panic #3

Mar 6, 2017

Tommy Lee Edwards draws a hell of a book, and Jody Houser's script is dark and edgy. Somehow this seems like a more real glimpse at Gotham than what the Bat books are giving us.

5.5
Mother Panic #4

Mar 13, 2017

I was shockingly disappointed in this issue. The story seemed bland, but the most egregious thing about this comic is the change in the art team. Never has a style of art so ill suited a book's general tone and identity. I disliked the cartoony, seemingly rushed art so much I'm not sure if the story is even really that bad--all I could focus on was how much I disliked the art. I really liked the first three issues, but if Tommy Lee Edwards is done with this book, then so am I.

7.0
Mother Panic #5

Apr 21, 2017

I found Shawn Crystal's art so jarring last issue, I contemplated dropping this title. Then I saw John Paul Leon will be doing the following arc, so I decided I better stay. Not to be overly harsh on Crystal--his style is not my bag, but perhaps on another title it would work. But the tone of the writing and the tone of the art don't synch. Despite all this, I decided to make the best of it reading this issue, and found it to be pretty good. When Leon joins, this book will likely rise up the list of must-look titles.

9.5
Mother Panic #7

Jun 26, 2017

Anyone who has made it through the harrowing Shawn Crystal era (issues 4-6, of which I read the first two and then decided to just skip #6 and wait) is richly rewarded by the gorgeous artwork of John Paul Lyon here in issue 7. Goddamn, this book looks fucking awesome. His style fits the tone of the book, and as a result this is the strongest issue yet. There is some mystery brewing about Violet and what drives her, and the body bag killer was creepy. The final scene is captivating as well; I am pumped to have "Mother Panic" back to what it should be, and can't wait for the next issue.

9.0
Motor Crush #1

Dec 12, 2016

Fun and intriguing 1st issue, with a reveal on the final page that left me wanting more. Builds up the world we'll be living in here without interfering with the story. Likeable protagonist. Cool art that really evokes the tension in the bike races. As fun as "Road Rash" on my old Sega Genesis!

8.0
Motor Crush #2

Feb 17, 2017

This series continues to be a lot of fun, in a soap opera-ish way, in the 2nd issue. The racing scenes are rendered with skill, and there is some good character work her with Domino and her old flame. It's not breaking ground, but I like it a lot.

7.5
Motor Crush #3

Mar 7, 2017

This is a fun, interesting, and good looking series so far. This issue ends on an intriguing note as we wonder if this mysterious stranger can end Domino's downwards skid.

9.0
Motor Crush #4

Apr 11, 2017

This is a vibrant, fun series, and this issue proved no exception, as more mysteries are revealed even as we learn more about Domino's past. I didn't expect to like this series as much as I do, but it always ends up one my fave's of the week every time it comes out.

8.0
Motor Crush #5

May 2, 2017

This has been a fun and interesting series so far, and final issue of the first arc gets a little weirder and leaves more questions than answers about Domino's past, but I liked the twist at the ending. I'm on board when this resumes in August.

7.5
Motor Girl #1

Nov 4, 2016

8.0
Motor Girl #2

Dec 31, 2016

I'm not sure what this is yet, when it comes to story, but it is a fun and interesting read… Curious to see where it goes

9.0
Motor Girl #3

Jan 25, 2017

This issue of "Motor Girl" features a revelation that gives us more insight into Sam and her past. Terry Moore moves from the seriousness of Sam's experiences at war to the comedy of the two cronies attempting to kidnap her. The scene when Sam curls up in pain and her gorilla friend is by her side, his head in his hands, is truly moving, and the scene where Larry is sucked up into the spaceship is truly funny. This is a good book.

9.5
Motor Girl #6

Jun 12, 2017

"Motor Girl" has been a comic that plays with a mood of levity, with something more serious lurking underneath. In this issue, shit gets more real than I expected, with the last half of the book featuring a devastating war flashback. The fact that it follows a kind of light first half of the book makes it all the more unexpected and impactful. It goes a far way to building the character of Sam, showing us a piece of the life that still haunts here. Terry Moore has got an unconventional book here, but it has been remarkable at times--like this issue.

8.0
Motor Girl #8

Aug 24, 2017

The story moves forward here plotwise, to the effect of focussing on secondary characters and not giving us a good dose of Sam and Mike interaction. Sam's history of trauma is further fleshed out, but I kind of missed the more subtle character moments that have defined this series and made it a stand-out. Still good, but not "Motor Girl" at its best.

8.5
Motor Girl #9

Oct 21, 2017

The penultimate issue of what has been a sweet, weird, powerful comic. I'm disappointed this is ending all so soon, but it has been a delight to read. Terry Moore mixes the silly with the deadly serious with great deft. I am looking forward to the finale.

7.5
Motro #1

Nov 4, 2016

5.0
Motro #3

Jan 23, 2017

8.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #12

Oct 29, 2016

6.5
Ms. Marvel (2015) #13

Dec 5, 2016

Ehhhhhh....

8.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #14

Jan 23, 2017

I'm enjoying the post-Civil War II Marvel landscape (mainly because the train wreck that was Civil War II is over) and this is no exception. I kind of enjoy Ms. Marvel in non world threatening situations, and I enjoyed this move in that direction. And Tekeshi Miyagawa is awesome on art.

8.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #15

Feb 14, 2017

As I opened this, I did so without a lot of excitement; with her (over) exposure in other Marvel comics lately, I just think I am starting to suffer from some Kamala Khan fatigue. But this issue was a good read. Wilson has been a bit heavy handed with the messages that seem to come part and parcel with Ms. Marvel stories lately, but the book's heart is in the right place, and Takeshi Miyagawa draws a hell of a comic, so much so that I almost don't miss Adrian Alphona. I kind of wish I could read it without feeling trapped in an after school special, but also realize that the book is reaching for younger readers to whom the messages may not seem so blunt. Overall, it's still enjoyable and still on my pull list.

9.5
Ms. Marvel (2015) #16

Mar 20, 2017

This is a fantastic issue. While some writers seem to portray a caricature of what Kamala is, Willow Wilson delivers her in all her charm and earnest desire to do the right thing. This storyline has been a really great one...I almost forget all about "Civil War II" when I am reading it! And Takeshi Miyagawa kills it on art. This is one of those issues that makes me remember why this character was so original and so great in the first place.

7.5
Ms. Marvel (2015) #17

Apr 27, 2017

This was a great arc with a not-so-great finale. For all the threat that was built over the last 4 issues, it is dismissed by...playing nice? It takes a complex idea and over-simplifies it. But oh well. Still looked great.

5.5
Ms. Marvel (2015) #18

Jun 7, 2017

Filler issue with a misleading cover. Does nothing to address the rift between Bruno and Kamala. When it comes to solo Bruno tales, I just don't care.

9.0
Multiple Man (2018) #1

Jul 1, 2018

Well, I didn't know what to think of this, wasn't going to read it, but then decided to at the last minute, and...it's nuts! In the best possible way, this is a pretty crazy comic. This is almost the first time that I've felt the same aesthetic as Matt Rosenberg's indie work ("4 Kids Walk in to a Bank") in his Marvel stuff, and it was because this is a pretty fun and funny comic book. The craziness is added onto by the characterization of Maddox, and it is really well done. He's a funny, likeable guy, and I dug the laughs from frustration all the other characters felt with him. His riffing with the other X-Men is pretty great. The art is kind of...rudimentary? Seems like indie art, things are slightly askew, but I didn't find it distracting or off-putting. I'm off the other X-books, but this is a cool reminder about how much potential this corner of the Marvel universe has, if it can find the right voices.

9.0
Nailbiter #26

Nov 3, 2016

8.5
Nailbiter #27

Dec 13, 2016

8.5
Nailbiter #28

Jan 20, 2017

"Nailbiter" is coming to an end, and this issue continues to build up the tension leading up to what promises to be a revelatory conclusion.

7.5
Nailbiter #29

Feb 14, 2017

This book has been the source of a lot of creepiness over its run, and now that it is ending, it feels like it's ending too fast. The story as a whole took its time for the sake of creepy thrills, but this issue is filling in a lot of the mystery points with heavy exposition. It's good, but I think the book deserved a few more issues to get the mood and pacing of the end of the grand story right.

10
Nailbiter #30

Apr 21, 2017

This was a great finale issue! This series seemed to head towards its wrap-up a bit too quickly for my liking, but I couldn't imagine a better wrap-up. The ending of this series left a giant smile on my face--this is (has been) a great series. Williamson and Henderson have created what may be the most creepy and funny horror comic ever.

5.0
Namesake #1

Nov 9, 2016

The art is interesting, if uneven, but the exposition-filled story didn't grip me enough to follow this to issue 2

8.5
Nick Fury (2017) #2

May 26, 2017

I read this digitally last week when my comics were hung up in the mail and I didn't want to wait. I would have given it a 7.5 for a solid caper plot and strong visuals. But when I got the actual floppy in my hands, I had to shake my head at how great Aco's art and layouts read in the physical form. I think for most comics, it doesn't really matter, but digital doesn't quite do justice to its artist's work like the printed copy does. So, yeah...I'm hoping (and trusting) that James Robinson goes a little deeper with characterization as this series continues, but so far, it is worthy as a great read based on Aco's amazing work alone.

9.0
Nick Fury (2017) #3

Jun 28, 2017

More style than substance so far, but man, do they ever do the style right. This issue looks absolutely great--Aco is a revelation in his innovative design, and the colours pop to make this a visual tour de force. We get a greater sense of who this Nick Fury is in this issue, as we see a bit more of his charm and humour; this series has been doing single issue stories that don't feel slight or incomplete, a rarity in times when 20 pages can fly by without much happening at all. Robinson and Aco are a great team.

8.5
Nick Fury (2017) #4

Sep 1, 2017

This series continues to be a great read, with one-shot stories that are clear and concise and well-told, accompanied by the stellar artwork of Aco. I think this series has a limited lifespan with Marvel's upcoming revamp...I just hope they've got Aco signed to a company contract. He's too good to let go.

8.5
Nick Fury (2017) #6

Oct 31, 2017

This is a fun wrap up to the series, taking us back to the setting of Sterako's classic "Hound of the Baskervilles" take in "Nick Fury, Agent of S.H.I.E.L.D." #3. It is a visually stunning issue, which is no surprise given the way Aco's established himself with the pencils in this book. It looks so, so good. The design of the scenes is creative and original, at the same time throwing back to 1968. I still bristle a bit at this version of Nick Fury, but this is the first time I got a sense of who this Nick is. This is gonna make a fun, beautiful trade.

7.0
Nightwing (2016) #8

Nov 5, 2016

8.0
Nightwing (2016) #9

Nov 22, 2016

6.0
Nightwing (2016) #11

Jan 15, 2017

The humour in this issue fell flat for me. This storyline, in fact, is falling flat. These villains, the support group...ehh. Bludhaven is a silly place.

8.5
Ninjak (2015) #23

Jan 27, 2017

I'm not familiar with Ninjak, but this issue was a great jumping on point, as I have a sense of the character and his rogues gallery, seven shadows. Credit to Matt Kindt in making this accessible to new readers without long, drawn-out synopses of what happened in the past. I was surprised by the ending and am waiting to see more of the Ninjak universe unfold.

8.5
Ninjak (2015) #24

Feb 15, 2017

This was a cool issue. I really liked the scene with Sandria and Ninjak, though the style used to show Ninjak's past, while interesting and creative, did not really fit for me. Something dreamier and more hallucinatory would have worked better. Ninjas's resistance to joining the seven also fades a bit quickly. Despite this, I am thoroughly invested in this story and looking forward to the next issue.

7.5
No Angel #1

Dec 13, 2016

Solid first issue with great sketchy art.

8.5
No Angel #2

Feb 1, 2017

I wasn't sure if I was going to read this after the first issue; I liked it, but wasn't sure if I was down for the whole "angels living in our world" story. However, read this issue I did and I really enjoyed it. The story has me captivated, and the art is really great for a small press book. I'm in for issue #3.

9.5
Nova (2016) #2

Feb 1, 2017

"Nova" is a very fun and exciting book. I found this issue really lets the team of Jeff Loveness and Ramon Perez shine, as both the story and art are amazing. Sam Alexander and Richard Ryder make a great team, and I thought Ryder's readjustment to a world that had forgotten all the sacrifices he made for it touching and powerful. I really, really enjoyed this, and it's moved up to become one of the books I look most forward to when an issue comes out.

9.0
Nova (2016) #3

Feb 7, 2017

This is shaping into one of the best series any company is releasing right now. Sam Alexander and Richard Ryder have a great chemistry, and the story is fun and mysterious (what exactly is behind Ryder's resurrection?), and the art is stellar. And there is Cosmo. This is a great issue.

8.0
Nova (2016) #4

Mar 13, 2017

Though not quite up to par with the first three, I enjoyed this issue, which allowed our characters a reprieve from danger (though the next issue is set up for danger here quite well). I enjoyed the dual date scenes with Rich and Sam. I felt like maybe Perez' art wasn't quite as sharp here, but it was a lighthearted issue that was fun to read.

8.5
Oblivion Song #1

Mar 11, 2018

Robert Kirkman's new series "Oblivion Song" opens with a bit of a challenging first issue...I kind of felt my way along the story trying to make sense of it all...Kirkman does not offer a lot of exposition, which is a bit disarming at first, but by the end the story finds its place and ends with a cool hook that has me curious for issue 2. The Lorenzo De Felici art was a bit of a surprise to me, but I really liked the look of the book and Felici's storytelling. I liked it!

9.0
Old Guard #1

Feb 28, 2017

The story of a group of immortals, led by Andy, suffering a major case of ennui, called upon to rescue a number of captured girls, but all is not what it seems. This is a provocative first issue that is tight and fast-paced with a killer action scene; this is rendered by Leandro Fernandez, whose pencils here are just stunning, reminding of those of Eduardo Risso. I'm definitely down for this series.

9.0
Old Guard #5

Aug 1, 2017

This was a damn exciting conclusion to the first arc of "The Old Guard," a series in which almost every chapter has been great. This is all non-stop action, as The Old Guard asserts itself and kicks (or, kills) ass. There is a lot bloodshed here, but it's done in a stylistically cool way. I wasn't familiar with Leandro Fernandez before this series, but his art is absolutely brilliant. Great book.

9.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #12

Oct 16, 2016

8.5
Old Man Logan (2016) #14

Dec 5, 2016

A bit slight, but fun; any time Sorrentino sits out it's a drag, but Andrade is a strong fill-in.

7.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #15

Dec 30, 2016

8.5
Old Man Logan (2016) #16

Feb 1, 2017

Borrowing a page from his work on "Moon Knight," Lemire confuses reality here for Logan and the reader. The result is an interesting story that raises a lot of questions. This book only seems right when Andrea Sorrentino draws it, and he returns here in fine form.

9.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #17

Feb 13, 2017

Whaaat?! This issue careens from different reality to different reality...or maybe neither is real? Anyway, it's a thrilling ride and Andrea Sorrentino continues to destroy the universe on art...really interesting stuff. But...BUT...who makes the Hulkling's pants? Those are really big pants!

9.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #18

Mar 11, 2017

Well, that was awesome. I'm super bummed to hear that Lemire is off this series soon, but maybe even more that this is Andrea Sorrentino's last issue. That sucks. But this issue is an example of why these two creators do Logan so well, and a fitting goodbye. I can't wait to see where Sorrentino goes after this, because his artwork in this series has been a revelation. He is absolutely one of the most original, talented artists in comics.

8.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #21

May 3, 2017

It's interesting to see Logan's past relived here, and the art of Eric Nguyen is pretty awesome. Seems a bit slight, but still a good issue.

9.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #22

May 5, 2017

This issue was awesome. I know it's a nostalgia trip, I know nothing of essence happens; it was still a lot of fun for me to see Logan re-experience some of the key moments in his history. As a long-time X-Men and Wolverine fan, this was meant for me, and I loved it. I also loved the art of Eric Nguyen, who is a great fit for Logan. Fun, fun comic.

9.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #24

Jun 6, 2017

Jeff Lemire's run ends with a beautiful, bittersweet story that lets us see Logan happy for once, even if he, and we, know it's fleeting. This is a great end to Lemire's work with the character, as it ends with Logan seeming to accept that he has a right to try and find some happiness in this world. Also fantastic is the art of Eric Nguyen, who I think was a revelation in this series, especially this issue. I love his style and can't wait to see where he turns up next.

8.5
Old Man Logan (2016) #25

Jun 26, 2017

This is a strong start to the new creative team; if Brisson's story seems a bit unoriginal at this point (figures emerging from Logan's dystopian future/past for vengeance), it is made up for by Deodato's excellent art. Plus, the Hulk brothers and Maestro are fascinating villains. This is keeps the general tone of Lemire's run and does a good job of following quality up with quality.

8.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #26

Aug 3, 2017

A quieter issue (well, it's still pretty damn violent), this explores the Maestro and his Hulks in closer detail. It's good at character building. However,Mike Deodato's art is the real draw here, as this issue looks fantastic.

8.5
Outcast By Kirkman & Azaceta #25

Mar 12, 2017

This series continues to go under the radar as a consistently enjoyable and suspenseful comic. The stakes continue to get raised and I'm excited to follow this series forward.

9.0
Outcast By Kirkman & Azaceta #28

Jun 13, 2017

This is a really strong issue, filled with interesting and powerful moments. The words in Anderson's speech to his new flock reminded me of Leo's fervent speeches in "The Wolf of Wall Street." Both characters are consumed with a passion, a belief in what they say. The conversation between Kyle and Anderson was also very intriguing. Both Kyle and Anderson take the evidence in front of them to fit their already-existing belief systems. Also, I liked that Anderson seems to be drifting a little closer to the edge. The character work by Kirkman in this issue is outstanding.

9.0
Paper Girls #10

Oct 8, 2016

8.5
Paper Girls #11

Feb 10, 2017

After a very strong second arc, Vaughan and Chiang begin the third by throwing us back into the "I don't know what the hell is going on here" zone, but with "Paper Girls," that's half the fun.

8.5
Paper Girls #12

Mar 8, 2017

This series keeps excelling. A quieter issue that gets deeper into character work, but it excels in that, while deepening the mystery over exactly where the girls are and why.

9.0
Paper Girls #13

Apr 28, 2017

"Paper Girls" brings it every time. This is another issue that is perplexing, but in the most fascinating of ways. This world is deep and filled with surprises. What is here every issue, including this one, is great dialogue and character work by Vaughan, and some of the best art in the business from Cliff Chiang.

8.5
Paper Girls #14

May 12, 2017

"Paper Girls" continues to be weird and awesome. I liked the second arc a bit more than this one, but this series never fails to be interesting. You just have to be willing to ride the wave of confusion and trust in Vaughan and Chiang to deliver. Which they always do.

7.5
Paper Girls #15

Jun 13, 2017

Not much is resolved here in the conclusion to the third arc of "Paper Girls," which should really stand as no surprise. This book is still enjoyable, but this third arc didn't resonate with me in the same way as the first two (especially the 2nd, which was so good) did. Perhaps because of the pre-historic setting. But the conclusion of this issue offers an interesting set-up for the next arc; of course I'm on board for some Y2K action!

9.0
Paper Girls #16

Oct 25, 2017

"Paper Girls" returns and this is a great issue. It's fast paced and feels like an exciting pick-up from the last arc, which was kind of so-so for me. This continues to be strange, but the narrative feel a little more on point. Chiang's art is outstanding...the 3-panel page where the cop car hits the robot (ah...comics!) is beautifully done. I'm excited for more. Let's see what 2000 has to offer!

8.0
Paper Girls #18

Jan 23, 2018

“Paper Girls” Gets back on track here with a strong character issue… I have felt the story to be too convoluted at times, but this issue got me back into the story through the character interactions, which are, in my opinion, the strongest part of this book.

9.5
Paper Girls #19

Apr 4, 2018

It's perhaps a bit easy to underrate Brian Vaughan and Cliff Chiang's "Paper Girls," a comic that is able to maintain quality like few others on a monthly basis (or near monthly). But this issue is great! It's full of great lines ("Want to take it down a notch, Peppermint Patty?") and really great character moments. Chris and his girlfriend Future Tiffany are a funny reminder of turn of the Century, & the subtle conflict between Mack and K.C. after K.C.'s revelation about her sexuality is in play here too. That's the funny thing: for a book with giant futuristic robots battling each other, this is remarkably human stuff.

8.5
Paper Girls #20

Apr 11, 2018

This was a fun arc of "Paper Girls," and it ends on a surprising note, showing us that Vaughan and Chiang have ways to take this series in new and different directions. Great story, great art.

9.0
Paper Girls #21

Jun 25, 2018

I really loved this issue, as the girls try to get a grip on where and when they have been transported. These first issues of a new arc strike some as too slow, but I actually really enjoy the way this team segued to this new locale. I found the art with classic Cleveland buildings dwarfed by futuristic marvels really cool. And I liked the banter between the characters. The ending of the story pulls something interesting in what I'm sure will be a major conflict in the group: can Mac save herself, and will it happen at the expense of the other characters ever returning home? Vaughan and Chiang kill it every single month, and to me, this is a great intro to the new story arc.

8.0
Paper Girls #22

Aug 5, 2018

"Paper Girls" always is an entertaining read, and this issue is no different. This series is pretty fucking weird, but i am really invested the characters and their relationships with each other. Also, Cliff Chiang is just awesome. I fell in love with his work on "Wonder Woman" with Brian Azzarello, and he's just producing fantastic art every time. Read this.

8.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #1

Jun 27, 2017

This is a fun, light-hearted debut issue. It's clear Zdarsky will be bringing the jokes, but the story itself here is a bit...meh. Nevertheless, I liked the Ant-Man and Human Torch appearances and the Adam Kubert art is pretty sharp. Having dropped "Renew Your Vows," it's nice to get a second Peter Parker book.

5.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #5

Nov 1, 2017

This title has largely been a disappointment. I don't care about Peter's sister-or-whatever; the Vulture just smacks of weak villainy here, despite his big screen badassednes; the art is, frankly, average at best; the writing is all over the place, and most important, not really funny. I was expecting much more of Zdarsky, and am on the verge of dropping this. Maybe this will turn into something soon, or eventually, but I don't know if I'll still be aboard by that point.

9.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #297

Dec 3, 2017

I had a lot of fun with "Peter Parker, the Spectacular Spider-Man" #7. I really enjoyed the action scene with Pete under assault without any spider toys to help him. I haven't been wowed by Kubert's art so far in this series, but he kills it in this sequence. I didn't like the first arc much at all, but the last two issues are moving this series into a zone I like...important events are happening in this book (unveiling identity to JJJ last ish), and it is offering a closer look at Parker's life. I have restored faith in this series...

8.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #299

Jan 24, 2018

This series hasn't been great for me, as I am a little tired of the tech based storyline and don't care about Theresa Parker or whoever she is, but this particular issue was a fun, nicely paced read. I liked the Adam Kubert art quite a bit here, as this is one of his better looking issues, and I was pleasantly surprised by the cool reveal at the issue's end. Nice cover too!

8.5
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #300

Mar 17, 2018

Mixed feelings on this one...I don't care about Theresa Parker...this story has been going on forever and won't end...really, the Tinkerer? Fuck, man...at the same time, even though it was brief, I enjoyed T'Challa's appearance, and I liked the Jameson parts a bit. Kubert's art was solid. The Martin cover is excellent. It was pretty good. I probably would have given this a 6.5-7.0, though, if not for the cover gallery, which was annoying in the fact that it gave us postage stamp sized cover images, but also brought back floods of nostalgia for this 43 year old Spidey collector...one of the very first issues I remember buying, #91, with a cover of Spidey and the Black Cat fighting the Blob (June 84). Looking at these covers reminded me about how integral a part of Pete's life the Black Cat was, how prominently she was featured in this series. Then, the back up story, has so much more impact, and the Goran Parlov art is mind-numbingly good. Despite numerous flaws to be found here, I really enjoyed this issue.

10
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #301

Mar 24, 2018

Man, this issue is a lot of fun! I have been sort of ambivalent towards Chip Zdarsky's run on this book, but when he brings it he can really bring it. This issue features Spideys of two eras come together, and the results are sweet and funny--for a lifelong Spider-Man fan like me, it really hits home. I also really liked Jonah's reaction when future Jonah tells him Spidey's identity...Zdarsky is doing a really nice job with the character. Joe Quinones is perfect for this book, his style kind of emulating Steve Ditko's in the depiction of young Pete's world. I loved the differences between young Peter and now Peter. It's not often a book is this endearing and fun. Absolutely loved it.

9.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #302

Apr 13, 2018

Wow! For a while I thought this series was meandering, but this last arc has really won me over--it's a perfect meeting between teenage Peter Parker and current Peter Parker. The way that Zdarsky is handling the story here is fantastic--full of suspense, moving the story forward, creating shocking and powerful moments. The final few pages of this issue, the last confrontation, held me breathless. And Joe Quinones art is just perfect for all this--he's such a great fit for this book. This is a really fucking great comic!

9.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #303

May 5, 2018

The "Amazing Fantasy" arc ends with another great issue from Chip Zdarsky and Joe Quinones. I can't overstate how much I love Quinones' work on this book--his style is clear and cartoony and just an awesome fit. This continues to be a lot of fun, while amping up the tension. The nods to Spidey moments in the past were also a special treat for fans. The ending leaves me wanting to return to this past iteration of Peter/Spidey in the future. Really great stuff!

8.5
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #304

Jun 21, 2018

Chip Zdarsky continues his excellent run on this series as Spidey, Teresa, and Jonah are again hurtled through time, now to see the consequences of their last interaction with this universe's Peter Parker. This issue is fun and exciting, and Zdarsky is doing a nice job with Jonah's characterization, as he realizes Spider-Man is an entirely different thing than the imaginary villain he has been waging war against for years. The Kubert art isn't as sharp and refreshing as Joe Quinones' on the last arc, but his style seems to be getting a bit rougher and maybe a bit more interesting. Great book!

7.5
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #305

Jun 26, 2018

For the first time in this whole time-travelling arc, I kind of felt it was getting old, so, appropriately, it ends here, and it ends in a cool way. I was pretty tentative through the first half of the issue (and I believe I rated every other issue of this storyline 8.5-10.0), but I think it rounded out nicely. The Spidey from the upcoming PS4 game looks sorta stupid, not for the white spider, but for the clunky wrist and anklets. But the concluding page was super cool. As a whole, this arc doesn't really go out with a bang, but certainly not with a whimper either.

8.5
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) Annual #1

Jul 4, 2018

The main story here is just great--this isn't a mere collection of random stories that have been collecting dust at Marvel offices, but a funny and poignant story exploring Peter and J Jonah Jameson's relationship, past and present. Chip Zdarsky's decision to have Peter reveal his identity to Jonah has really invigorated the character of JJJ, in my opinion. For a guy that is way too easy to portray as a caricature, this Johah has heart and depth, but is still funny to read. Mike Allred's art here is pretty great, and the back-up tale, while slight, had nice art. Really pleasant surprise from an annual.

8.5
Phoenix Resurrection: The Return Of Jean Grey #1

Jan 10, 2018

I approached this issue with some X-event trepidation, my mind haunted by IvX and so many other lame events that preceded it...but Charles Soule isn't here for this (and, to be fair, has been doing well on "Astonishing X-Men") and this event definitely shows a lot of promise. Around when Kitty deploys three teams, the issue really picks up, doing a great job keeping us in the moment of all three scenes at once. And when you get to see Wolverine go bonkers against this group of X-Men, it is awesome. The art here by Yu is top flight--these battle scenes look great. The lenticular cover is a blurred mess, though, not exactly worth the extra buck...they do a way better job with the lenticular "Marvel Two-in-One" ad on the back cover!

8.5
Power Man and Iron Fist (2016) #10

Nov 12, 2016

Fun issue. Now that Civil War II is finished (in these pages at least) the creative team can get back to what made this series special in the first place. And I laughed out loud at "Hey diddle diddle the cat and the fiddle."

9.0
Power Man and Iron Fist (2016) #12

Jan 22, 2017

The battle for control of Harlem is amping up in "Power Man and Iron Fist," and our heroes are in the middle of it. David Walker does a great job leading up to the explosive climax of the issue by showing the machinations of all the players in this game. This is high stakes street level crime stuff, and it is awesome. Sanford Greene's pencils perfectly suit the tone of this book, which is one of Marvel's finest right now.

8.5
Power Man and Iron Fist (2016) #13

Feb 18, 2017

This read like an old-fashioned comic to me, a 70s or 80s comic, and I mean that in a good way. There's a lot going on, it's a longer read than many new comics, and David Walker is building up his storyline to a certain to be exciting climax. The fact that the whole series seems like a unified whole seems to remind of older comics. I was slightly annoyed by the misleading cover (I hate that!) but pleasantly surprised by Elmo Bondoc's fill-in work, which fits the series really well in my opinion. This series' days are numbered, with solo series awaiting each lead, but I love the Power Man and Iron Fist bro dynamic in this comic.

7.5
Power Man and Iron Fist (2016) #14

Mar 13, 2017

This issue is pretty good, but the story has been going on forever and is starting to drag on. A new storyline would be refreshing, but it won't happen here, as this series is ending in favour of a couple of solo titles. I don't think I'm going to do either...for me, the magic of these characters is how they work together.

8.0
Power Man and Iron Fist (2016) #15

May 2, 2017

The key to this book from the beginning has been the friendship between Luke and Danny, and that's the aspect of "Power Man and Iron Fist" I'm going go miss the most. Anyone who hasn't followed this the whole way should check out the rest of the series. This creative team even made "Civil War II" crossover issues relevant and intriguing!

8.5
Power Man and Iron Fist (2016) Annual #1

Jan 9, 2017

Sweet Christmas, this was fun! "Power Man and Iron Fist, mad as hell / Time to do that thing we do so well / Rock the bells!"

6.5
Prowler #1  
7.5
Punisher (2016) #7

Jan 9, 2017

The final page is another example of how great Steve Dillon's art could be.

8.5
Punisher (2016) #8

Feb 3, 2017

I really enjoyed this issue. It's maybe the biggest glimpse we've gotten so far in this series of Frank's humanity (in the same issue he disembowels a man and sets a bear on him!). I liked the Frank/Ethel vibe. The art was a bit stiff in a couple of places but still good, and I'm sure everyone was scrambling after Steve Dillon's unfortunate passing. Very good issue here.

8.0
Punisher (2016) #218

Nov 28, 2017

This was a really solid issue that opens with a pretty cool action scene, leading to a pretty viable premise for Frank to get the War Machine armour. The art is alright, and the cover by Clayton Crain. I'm up for this if it lasts for an arc or something as opposed to being the new normal, but I liked it and am on board next issue.

8.5
Punisher: The Platoon #1

Dec 13, 2017

This is a really interesting read, from the makers of "Fury Max." I absolutely loved that series (I haven't read "Punisher Max") and the issues that guest star Frank. This is another excellent bit of war story, setting up a big conflict around the Tet offensive. Goran Parlov's work is great here, almost reminding me at times of Eduardo Risso (minus the glorious inkwork). Looking forward to what he and Ennis have cooking up here.

10
Punisher: The Platoon #2

Dec 23, 2017

This is a fucking awesome comic. I noticed early on how much I loved Goran Parlov's art, and how expressive his characters' faces were...he seems to be getting better and better...and I loved the reflection on war and killing in this issue; the page where one of Castle's men reflects on the impact killing has, and will always have, on a man is so great. I just love Ennis' rendition of the Punisher. He knows this character so well...Frank is shrouded in mystery here, where the viewpoint is from his old platoon...he remains an enigma to them and to us. This is also one of the most brutally violent comics I can recall, but this just makes the subtext about what killing really means stand out. Fantastic comic.

9.0
Punisher: The Platoon #4

Jan 10, 2018

Garth Ennis and Goran Parlov are a dream team on the Punisher, and "The Platoon" continues to be awesome. The most interesting thing about this is the behind the scenes look at the motivations behind the war, on the home front, in the field, and in the land they are fighting to overtake. It' s a smart, complex look at war that is far more fascinating in its depth. This is great stuff.

9.0
Rai #6  
8.5
Reborn #1

Oct 14, 2016

9.5
Reborn #2

Nov 22, 2016

Great world-building in Capullo's art in this issue--this book is beautiful to look at. The "good" and "bad" people afterworld idea struck me as a bit simple at first, but it has the potential to make the "Where's Harry?" question much more interesting. Overall, the conceit is played well by Millar/Capullo. This is a fun read.

8.0
Reborn #4

Feb 2, 2017

This series continues to be good fun, but the first couple of issues raised some ideas that haven't really been worked or developed in the intriguing fashion I thought possible. Instead, it's a very well drawn book with a pretty good story. I like it but I'm not married to it.

9.0
Reborn #5

Apr 16, 2017

Things slow down a bit here and we dig a little deeper into character. I liked the closer look at the idea that, even though it seems like a dream, not everything in this afterworld works out. It's all a bit silly but it is also unabashedly heartfelt. This series promised a bit more than it is early on, but it is, in and of itself, beautifully drawn and very entertaining.

6.5
Reborn #6

Jun 13, 2017

This series kind of ends with a "meh." It's probably because I enjoyed the first couple of issues so much, and thought there were a lot of interesting places the series could go, but Millar kind of switched over to fantasy by rote. This issue is entirely predictable; there was never a sense of dread from the "black messiah" with his constant warnings of "You will die!" He really becomes a cliche. The art is, of course, really good, but this series seems like it just settled into mediocrity. It ends with "End of Book One." I don't think I'll bother with Book Two.

7.5
Red Dog #1

Nov 16, 2016

Well-done, but formulaic sci-fi. The boy's loneliness and his relationship with Q interested me more than the particle mining and attacking bug things.

8.5
Redlands #2

Oct 11, 2017

This is a dark, intriguing second issue; we are still left very much into the dark surrounding what is exactly going on here, but this issue is creepily captivating. I wasn't sure what to think after the first issue, but this installment roped me in. I love the Del Ray art, and am fascinated by the world Bellaire has begun to build.

8.0
Redneck #3

Jul 20, 2017

This is a creepy series. The conversation between Bennett and the mysterious (but now revealed) Grandpa was great horror, as Grandpa's state of being somehow makes him seem all the more threatening. I sometimes get confused about who's who in terms of the characters, but I still enjoyed this issue and am looking forward to the next.

8.5
Redneck #4

Aug 17, 2017

Donny Cates uses a very smart device to explore the past here, as Perry goes inside Bartlett's mind...it's a good choice to have the two of them conversing when she is exploring what exactly happened. Lisandro Estherren's art helps establish the mood of the book, working excellently with Cates' script.

9.5
Redneck #6

Nov 1, 2017

This is a great fucking book...things have built up for five issues and Cates and Estherran bring us an explosive end to the first arc. This is a great read, and Estherran really brings it in the finale. His depiction of Grandpa is twisted and scary. At times I got a little confused about who's who in the previous issues, but that's not a problem here. The arc ends with the strongest issue of the series to date, leaving me in anticipation for what comes next for Peyton and her lot.

8.5
Redneck #7

Dec 3, 2017

The second arc of "Redneck" begins with style in this issue, as we spend time seeing the Bowmans adjusting to life on the run; the issue has a moody and claustrophobic atmosphere, building up to a stunning ending.

9.0
Redneck #8

Jan 10, 2018

"Redneck" is one of the more interesting books coming out today, and Donny Cates and Lisandro Estherren deliver a fast-paced, suspenseful issue here in the second of the arc. The tension is high here as JV is missing and family is starving, but the killer for me is the twist with Landry at the end. This is super cool stuff.

9.0
Redneck #9

Mar 7, 2018

“Redneck” is not your average vampire story...by focusing on character and the family and the mysteries of Perry and Grandpa, the creators are giving this supernatural tale a more grounded, impactful feel. Donny Cates is burning it up on all his titles the past year...for any fans of his Marvel work, this is a must read.

9.0
Redneck #10

Mar 22, 2018

This issue of "Redneck" is particularly awesome, using the trope of the police investigation room to allow us to explore the history of Phil and Evil, deepening their connection to the Bowman clan. It's a captivating read, and is made all the more so by the art of Lisandro Estherren and Dee Cunniffe--one of the most underrated books out right now.

8.0
Redneck #11

Apr 16, 2018

Important revelations come with this issue of “Redneck,” a story of family, trust, and betrayal. Things will never be the same for Perry, even as she continues to grow more and more powerful.

8.0
Redneck #12

May 5, 2018

"Redneck" #8 is an action packed issue, a tense and fast-paced spree of violence in the culminating moments of the second arc. The art is great here, even if I continued to have the problem of differentiating between all the characters. That makes something like the key death that happens here a bit less impactful to me. That could be on me as a reader or it could be on the storytellers. Maybe both. Anyway, my slight confusion didn't keep me from enjoying the issue overall. Maybe "Redneck" is one of those books that reads better in trade, but I'm enjoying the singles enough to keep picking this up when it returns from its hiatus in a few months.

9.0
Rise of the Black Flame #3

Nov 4, 2016

8.0
Rise of the Black Flame #4

Dec 14, 2016

Looks great with Mitten's artwork, with strong atmosphere and characterization by Roberson, but the story doesn't advance much...

9.0
Rise of the Black Flame #5

Jan 26, 2017

I read this series with no knowledge of what or who the Black Flame was, but I truly enjoyed the story nonetheless. This issue was a surprise for me, and now I am intrigued as to what came before (after?) this prequel. The art of Christopher Mitten continued to be a revelation as well. Great stuff.

8.5
Rock Candy Mountain #3

Jun 12, 2017

I liked this issue enough to rethink my decision to drop this title. The battle with the devil is classic stuff, and I enjoyed the way Jackson sticks to his hobo morality. An unusual book, but amusing enough for me to stay.

9.0
Rock Candy Mountain #4

Jul 21, 2017

This is a very entertaining issue as the first arc culminates in our heroes locked in jail with all odds against them. The story is clever, the action is fun, and the continued look at hobo life continues to be fascinating. I had my reservations after the first couple of issues, but now I'm sold on "Rock Candy Mountain."

8.0
Rock Candy Mountain #7

Jan 24, 2018

The penultimate issue of this hobo epic features a large-scale hobo free-for-all brawl, as Jackson gets a little help from his friends to face the bulls...and the devil! This has been a fun ride.

8.5
Rocket Raccoon (2016) #1

Jan 20, 2017

This comic was amusing, as the denizens of earth try to make sense of who/what Rocket is (skunk? badger?) and he in turn struggles to escape. I enjoyed this depiction of the Human Torch, and Rocket's abrasive attitude. Rosenberg and Coelho are a formidable team.

8.5
Rocket Raccoon (2016) #4

Mar 30, 2017

This has been an entertaining and sharply funny series so far. I love Rocket taking the salt out of Kraven. And Jorge Coehlo's art is excellent. I'm looking forward to the series finale.

9.0
Rockstars #1

Dec 21, 2016

As a fan of rock lore, I had to check this out, and it didn't disappoint. I enjoyed the premise, and the art is great. I'm in.

7.5
Rockstars #3

Mar 8, 2017

This series intrigued me with the first issue, and remains interesting, but has yet to fully deliver on its promise. This issue shows digs more into supernatural/dark arts weirdness, with Jackie finally meeting with the mysterious Jimmy Page--er, Jimmy James--but, like the last issue, I feel like I'm missing or not getting something when I read this. I'm down for the next issue, but am hoping it will begin hinting at a the truth behind its cryptic secrets rather than leaving us entirely in the dark.

9.5
Royal City #1

Mar 7, 2017

This was a great first issue. I wondered what was up with Tommy (the Tommys?), but Lemire answers with a very cool final page reveal. This and the letter by a character at the end of the book made me go "Oh, yeah" and made the framing and narration of the comic seem all the more cool. The art is great, of course, with the same kind of watercolour-y style Lemire is using on "A.D. After Death." Looking forward to more of this series.

8.5
Royal City #2

May 3, 2017

This issue evokes feelings of loneliness well as Lemire's characterization of Pat and Richie continues.

9.0
Royal City #3

May 26, 2017

"Royal City" is a story about separation, about people who are alone and want to connect with each other, but can't. It's got a quiet feeling of sadness, with the spectre of Tommy literally looking over the characters; there is the sense that Tommy wants them to let him go, but they cannot. Different than most comics out there today, "Royal City" is better, too.

8.0
Royal City #4

Aug 2, 2017

Another ghostly issue about aging, and the inevitability of seeing the dreams of our youth, our youthful selves, ebb away. The characterization is strong and Lemire's art is fantastic.

8.0
Royal City #5

Sep 1, 2017

Tommy and his dad do the ghost of Christmas present thing, checking in on each member of the Pike family, looking at where they are now. Perhaps because we only spend about 2 pages or so with each family member, this issue seems a bit more slight than the others, but it is still an intriguing story with great art.

9.0
Royal City #6

Oct 25, 2017

This is a really strong issue of "Royal City." It was a great idea for Lemire to give us the story opening in the present day before cutting back to high school...the scenes are more heavily weighted, the sense of tragedy is in the atmosphere. The depictions of Tommy's struggle to sleep and his crippling headaches are powerful. This series has a new sense of direction with this issue and is a great read.

8.0
Royal City #7

Nov 20, 2017

Not much actually happens here, but this issue does a good job establishing a melancholy mood, coming from our knowledge of Tommy's destiny.

10
Royal City #8

Jan 4, 2018

This is an amazing issue of "Royal City"...the ambient, atmospheric style of Lemire's art and colours makes this visually amazing. Lemire lays out the issue in a way that seamlessly blends the present, memories, and even a possible flash to the future. His scene with the car has stylistic features that suggest movement, capture the mood of being a mid90s teen..."anywhere but here." The character work here is incredible...the characters seem like living breathing people. A great issue in what has been a pretty damn good series.

8.0
Royal City #9

Jan 25, 2018

In an odd turn, issue #9 of "Royal City" ends with a character's earning a victory of sorts, not the stuff a reader usually finds in this series of memory and regret. Strong characterization and art, as usual, make this a good read.

8.5
Royal City #10

Apr 4, 2018

This arc has had Tommy communicating more with the audience through the “narration” of his journal. This device is worked particularly well at the end of the book, raising more questions for those that have been answered thus far.

9.0
Royal City #11

Jun 30, 2018

This is a really powerful issue of "Royal City." It is captivating from the start--I was absolutely fixated on the book the whole way through. It's a credit to Lemire that I feel I know these characters enough, after only 11 issues, that the plot twists really hit home--I care about these characters. It is kind of a downer that this series will end with issue #14, but it looks like Lemire is trending towards a really awesome/devastating conclusion to the title.

8.5
Saga #41

Jan 20, 2017

"Saga" is so great, it makes greatness pedestrian, if you know what I mean. There are not many series where you expect, and get, a spectacular issue almost every time, but this is it. For years. P.S. Sorry The Will, but I'm so glad that Lying Cat chose Sophie.

8.5
Saga #43

Jun 6, 2017

If any series were to bring shit-avatars to the table, surely I should have guessed it would be this one. "Saga" resumes after a brief layoff and is, as always, really, really good. Fiona Staples has been doing this so long it's hard not to take her for granted. The issue ends with a bit of surprise, taking Alana in a direction I didn't see coming. Good stuff.

8.0
Saga #44

Jul 20, 2017

I thought this was a somewhat ho-hum addition to "Saga"--which, by its own standards, still means pretty good--but the last few pages and ending were very effective and intriguing, rescuing what was one of the lesser instalments of a stellar series.

8.5
Saga #46

Sep 13, 2017

Always strong, this book again delivers. The scenes with the Endwife were creepy cool, and the interaction between Hazel and her little brother were bittersweet. Art and writing so awesome that they've almost made awesome pedestrian.

9.0
Saga #47

Oct 7, 2017

Another great issue of "Saga," I liked the way Vaughan told the story here, with his torturer extracting unexpected truths from the Will. The opening pages do a great job in character building. Fiona Staples has never not been awesome throughout the 47 issues of this series. It's easy to underrate this book because of the lofty heights it has reached over the past few years, but this one shows that even the average issue of "Saga" blows almost the rest of all comics away.

8.0
Saga #48

Nov 5, 2017

This issue seems a bit light, especially after the kind of arc ending's we've gotten lately. It has a nice tale with Ghus and Robot's kid looking for some creature, and their conversation is fairly interesting. Looks great, and has some nice family moments, but a bit slight.

8.5
Saga #49

Mar 19, 2018

This is a strong start to the new arc of "Saga," and there are a couple of developments here, including a pretty cool ending, to hook the reader for the next several issues. After all this time, not many series are able to be as focused and consistently compelling as this.

8.5
Saga #50

Apr 12, 2018

Fifty issues in "Saga" continues to be excellent. Remarkably consistent, even after 6 years, issue #50 shows why Vaughan and Staples never slip--the issue is filled with character moments, is funny, is beautiful looking. Not a lot happens in terms of propelling the grand plot--but somehow, issues that would seem like filler on other books are "only" 8.5s for "Saga."

8.5
Saga #51

May 5, 2018

Another really good issue of "Saga." This series is on a roll, with each issue containing great characterization, and the relationships between the characters is the thing that drives this issue, and the whole series really. "Saga" is a great book.

8.5
Saga #52

Jun 12, 2018

"Saga" is great this month, a fun issue full of great character moments (but what issue of "Saga" does not?) with great art and again, a killer Brian K. Vaughan end to a single issue. Great stuff.

8.5
Saga #53

Jul 30, 2018

This is a quick paced, exciting issue, with a cliffhanger ending I did not see coming. The art is beautiful, the writing has us fully invested in these characters...great book.

10
Saga #54

Jul 31, 2018

Holy fuck! This is a powerful, emotional issue of "Saga," taking the story in a direction I did not anticipate. Fiona Staples work here is amongst her best ever, a sequential masterpiece--a lot of this book takes place without dialogue or captions, and it totally works and flows and is dynamic and powerful. Staples character "acting" is so great too--the facial expressions she captures are so powerful and evocative. This book is going to disappear for a year or so, but this book is not going to fade from readers' memories anytime soon. Just...wow.

9.0
Savage #1

Jan 19, 2017

A very strong first issue with great art, "Savage" has me hooked after its debut.

9.0
Savage #3

Feb 3, 2017

This series is wild and so much fun...I don't know where it's going to go in the 4th and final issue, and that is a great testament to the creators. This has beautiful art and a story that continually surprises me. I am thoroughly enjoying this series, another great from Valiant.

9.0
Savage #4

Mar 11, 2017

This series was excellent from start to finish. When I got to the final page of this story, I was excited because of it's pure awesomeness and the promise of more "Savage" to come. This series has used two artists, and while one's pages are markedly more badass than the other, this book and the whole series look great. It's been one of my favourite books over the past several months, and I anxiously await its return.

8.0
Scarlet Witch #12

Nov 3, 2016

9.0
Scarlet Witch #13

Dec 14, 2016

Great issue, highlighted by outstanding art from Barravecchia and Rosen...the rich and creepy details bring out the horror of the Witch's Road. Great depiction of this magical realm.

5.5
Scarlet Witch #14

Jan 24, 2017

It seems after all this Wanda's mother is gone, leaving many secrets behind; I'm not sure if this isn't a bit of a cheat. What truly dragged this issue down, however, was the art, which was shockingly sub-standard for a Marvel comic.

6.5
Secret Empire #0

Apr 25, 2017

Goddammit. I want to like this...I'm not Marvel hater, I collect more than three times as many Marvel titles than DC, because I just like their characters more...I disagree with all those who say there is nothing of quality coming from the company any more. But this was frustrating. It was cold, sterile. Hydra-like I guess. It just seemed unexciting, despite the high stakes. I suppose that's not all Spencer's fault. I'm just not moved by scenes where the entirety of the Marvel universe engages in battle all at once, because these are essentially boring scenes. And, for whatthefuck moments: either Tony Stark is back from the coma or his AI has eyes and vengeful looks...and, when the Avengers assemble, is that the original Hulk jumping with the team?! It's not Amadeus Cho, because he's pictured with the Champions in the following panel. He's not red hulk. Fuck, man, these are continuity basics. And the Defenders are a team, as of now I guess? It looked good. And I'm going to buy the rest of it, because I need to know (or am a twisted masochist)...It'll pick up. It'll have awesome art by Yu and Sorrentino and McNiven. It can't be as bad as "Civil War II," right? Right?

7.0
Secret Empire #1

May 11, 2017

This issue isn't bad, really; it is, more than anything else, a little boring. Hydra has somehow taken over America to the point where their revised history is taught in schools, and those who love freedom are on the run. It makes more sense as an alternative reality, but this is real Marvel universe (I don't know what to call it since "Secret Wars"). There's just a lot of talking here; Cap feels sad, because he's really a good guy still despite being a Naz--er, Hydra leader. Tony's A.I. is disillusioned, because I guess artificial intelligences have feelings too? So, yeah. Rick Jones is assassinated to show Hydra is really evil. Odinson some other Avengers fight for Cap for some reason. Well, it looks good, anyway. Here's to only 8 more issues, Andrea Sorrentino art next issue, and the promise (hope?) that something more interesting will happen.

8.5
Secret Empire #2

May 17, 2017

A shocking ending contributes largely to my grade here, as it makes the issue come full circle, and offers so much intrigue in what is yet to come. A little less grand in scope than the first two, this shows dividing lines between the characters. Sorrentino's artwork is a bit better suited to something more insular like "Old Man Logan," but make no mistake, this issue still looks fuckin' great. I did, on occasion, find the characters looked a bit too similar. I wanted to like the first two issues, and was frustrated to find I didn't, really, but I'm happy to say this series is trending upwards.

8.5
Secret Empire #3

Jun 6, 2017

I'm warming up to this series by just kind of letting it all go...looking at this as a story that's happening and ignoring the illogical elements or the fact it seems totally out of sync with every other Marvel book I'm reading (I am avoiding the crossover issues, though). I thought the Scarlet Witch-led underground Champions was cool, as was the ending, even though I'm not sure who it is Frank is taking down because Sorrentino's characters sometimes look the same. Despite this complaint, the art is great. Rod Ries' fill-in scenes don't seem out of place because they are all scenes with alternate-Steve. One question: does A.I.-Tony Stark get cold, or does he put on a hoody in Dakota just to fit in?

8.0
Secret Empire #4

Jun 21, 2017

Well, it can't be denied that this series is a shit-show. I still don't really understand the motivations behind anyone being on the side they are, and A.I. Tony just acting like a normal dude, leading the defiance, really, still irritates me. But I love an old-school Avengers dinner scene where the sparks fly! This was weird, but I liked Ultron/Pym here. Lienil Yu's art wasn't quite up to his usual standards, but it was still plenty good. For a book with so much stuff going on, at least I was entertained.

7.5
Secret Empire #5

Jul 18, 2017

What saved this issue was an ending that genuinely took me by surprise. Shock ending(s) notwithstanding, this issue moves along at a rather slow pace. There are still five issues left and an epilogue, but I can't help wondering why this whole thing couldn't be done in, say, 6-7 total issues. There is a surplus of characters, but because of this they don't really get deep characterization. That being said, I am interested in reading #6.

7.0
Secret Empire #6

Jul 31, 2017

Another frustratingly inconsistent issue; it wasn't bad, but there were parts (heroes arguing with each other) I just wanted to flip through. I liked the Cap/Banner part, and then the Hulk part. Curious characterization continue to be problem. I don't know why Odinson is doing this. It's like they are all chess pieces that are moved around in whatever role they need to be to service the plot. I did like Yu's art. But why does A.I. Tony grow a beard? I get his whole consciousness is now A.I., as the book tries to explain, but...sigh. Okay.

7.5
Secret Empire #7

Aug 15, 2017

Another issue of "Secret Empire," and a whole bunch of stuff going on. The plot is building up, and it's getting more exciting, but I still have trouble with the series initial premise. Sorrentino's pages look great, but his action scenes can be a little confusing. Not great, but pretty good.

7.5
Secret Empire #8

Aug 15, 2017

Suffers from what the whole series has so far: too many characters, too busy, too much dialogue. That being said, it, like the other issues, has a killer surprise ending. The art is a bit average, but those who found all of this too gloomy will be pleased to see the heroes refuse to quit in their battle against Hydra. Inconsistent, but also with some pretty good parts.

7.5
Secret Empire #10

Sep 1, 2017

I'm a little torn on this. After a build-up that seemed at times to take forever, the ending seems rushed. So many questions are left unanswered. Kobik reinstating a better reality seems like an unimaginative way to conclude. But good Steve picked up Thor's hammer and knocked the shit out of evil Steve, yo! This issue is receiving a lot of condemnation and vitriol, and, yes, I am a sucker, but I generally liked it. It was a wildly inconsistent event, but Spencer and Steve McNiven did a great job here in delivering an utterly predictable but cheer-worthy ending. I know that, all things considered, I probably shouldn't like this, but what the fuck; I liked it!

8.5
Seven to Eternity #2

Oct 28, 2016

8.5
Seven to Eternity #4

Jan 14, 2017

This issue is interesting as we see the Mud King, stripped of his power, still able to drive a wedge between his captors and cast Adam Osiris' loyalty in doubt. The art is fantastic as usual. I'm interested to see where this goes next, and the question that arises at the book's end suggests that the Mud King has much unexpected up his sleeve.

7.5
Seven to Eternity #5

Jun 20, 2017

For a moment the tense mood breaks and there is a bit of levity, but this is very serious, and, sorry, not a whole lot of fun. The quest is striking me as being a bit tedious. I love "Deadly Class" and "Black Science," and I know the positive reviews for this are overwhelming, but this is kind of missing the mark for me. I don't not like it, but I feel like I should be wowed but am not. Worth picking up for the art, but I hope the story itself picks up too.

8.0
Seven to Eternity #7

Sep 11, 2017

This was an interesting outing. I was a bit jarred by James Harren's art at first, but ended up enjoying it. Good suspenseful read.

9.0
Seven to Eternity #9

Dec 12, 2017

This might have been my favourite issue yet of "Seven to Eternity." Jerome Opena returns to art after taking the last couple of issues off, and this is just a sight to behold--Opena's work is absolutely stunning. The story took a cool turn as well and hooked me, in a series where I have sometimes struggled to stay connected to. It feels like everything is coming together in a really exciting way here. Great issue, and I'm anxiously awaiting the next arc.

8.0
Sex #33

Dec 7, 2016

Intriguing story. A bit of a slow burn, but definitely interesting.

7.5
Sex #34

Jan 11, 2017

Well, that's it for the monthly issues. But I am going to follow this saga in the new Graphic Novel format.

10
Sex Criminals #16

Feb 18, 2017

This was a big issue that caught readers up to everything in the opening 8-9 pages, which was really helpful, because I am a monthly comic reader, and I forgot stuff over the eight months this was missing. What I remembered, or was delighted to have the book remind me of, was how charming and funny and fun this comic can be--anytime I put a comic down for a break because I am laughing is a good sign. This was a really, really good comic, sexy, funny, propelling the plot forward, always aware of propelling Jon and Suzie's characterization forward. Good fucking stuff. Oh, and the Fiona Staples cover is crazy.

6.5
Sex Criminals #17

Mar 25, 2017

I usually love every instalment of this series, but I didn't like this one, with the little sex trolls. Kind of stupid.

8.5
Sex Criminals #18

May 1, 2017

A return to form after a shaky last issue, this one shows us that no matter what kind of relationship you're in, we all have hang-ups. A kind of quieter character-building issue. Refreshingly sex-troll free until the last page.

8.0
Sex Criminals #20

Aug 18, 2017

Things continue to fall apart in this arc, as Jon and Susie can't find ground to stand on. A solid issue in which Zdarsky's art does more of the storytelling than Fraction's words.

7.5
Sex Criminals #21

Feb 14, 2018

This issue was okay, exploring Jon and Suzie's adjustments to lives of banality without each other. I think the tone of the book, unrelenting as it is, can be a bit much at times, and this was the case here. And I'm not sure how much I care about the cast of characters outside Jon and Suzie. But I am interested enough to keep reading.

8.0
Sex Criminals #22

Mar 22, 2018

It turns out this book is really more interesting for its character stories than the outrageous sex bits that made it famous--the scene with Suzie looking at her mother's attempt to recreate the past in this new house, and her striving to connect with her lost father is really good. And there is the sense that both of these souls, Jon and Suzie, are ultimately lost without each other. And I liked the scene with the dude with the beard (yeah, sorry, forget the name) is left behind by his lover, only for the ghost of another woman to appear at his side. This is pretty good.

8.5
Sex Criminals #23

Apr 16, 2018

This is my favourite episode of "Sex Criminals" in a while. It's a quiet issue, exploring depression and alienation and its relationship to sex. It's like some of the key characters here are suffering from a sexual ennui--unhappily going through the motions, in some cases, an attempt at happiness that seems empty in the midst of the characters' individual suffering. I really like the subtle nature of this issue, the facial acting employed by Chip Zdarsky...this is a really good issue.

7.0
Sex Criminals #24

Jun 21, 2018

Kind of a flat issue of “Sex Criminals” for me. This focuses on the supporting cast quite a bit, characters far less interesting than our 2 leads. Not bad, but not up to usual standards either.

9.0
Shade, the Changing Girl #1

Oct 8, 2016

9.0
Shade, the Changing Girl #2

Nov 3, 2016

9.0
Shade, the Changing Girl #4

Jan 20, 2017

This book is the very best of what is a strong line of comics in Young Animal. It is a weird, charming, funny look at humanity with amazing art. I'm really enjoying the metamorphosis of Shade/Megan.

9.0
Shade, the Changing Girl #5

Feb 10, 2017

This is a great, beautifully drawn series that has become a highlight for me every time it is released. Castellucci has woven an interesting tale here, augmented by the bits of Roc Shade's poetry, which add a lot of thematic relevance to the story. This ends with a startling cliffhanger, and I can't wait to read the next one.

8.0
Shade, the Changing Girl #6

Mar 8, 2017

This is a good conclusion to the first arc of the story. "Shade the Changing Girl" has been an unexpected but very welcome surprise for me; I'm interested to see where the story goes next, now that Megan is not exactly gone, but probably in the background for a bit. Marley Zarcone's art has been a joy in this series, but seems a bit rushed this issue, like she had to scale things back a bit to keep up with the deadline. Regardless, it still is fun and interesting, a comic that is always near the top of my read pile when it comes out.

8.5
Shade, the Changing Girl #7

Apr 24, 2017

Marguerite Sauvage does well here, but when I think of this title I think of Marley Zarcone's signature work here. It's a good fill-in, but I still miss the original. We get a lot of background here, and a lot of feeling in Shade's reaction to music and friendship and the powerful feelings that they create. Good stuff.

8.5
Shade, the Changing Girl #9

Jun 13, 2017

This was a good issue, about music and what it means, and how it feels to watch the bands we love get older, and grow old ourselves. Pretty much a standalone issue, this is a good example of Shade's appeal.

8.5
Shade, the Changing Girl #10

Jul 26, 2017

This issue is really weird, and really fun and interesting too. It's safe to say there is nothing else out there quite like "Shade, the Changing Girl." I love the way Castellucci fits Rac Shade's poetry into the narration to add depth and further develop the story's meaning. And Zarcone's art is a great fit for the story's tone. Great stuff.

8.5
Shade, the Changing Girl #11

Aug 18, 2017

This series continues to be outstanding, as Shade leads us to reflect upon life, love, death. This issue packs quite a surprise, and moving exploration of a life that has reached its end. The extra "Life With Honey" piece at the end is charming and adds to the book. There's nothing else quite like this out there.

9.0
Shade, the Changing Girl #12

Oct 11, 2017

Another great issue...this has been my favourite of the Young Animal line, and this issue perfectly wraps up the first year of story; the major plotlines are wrapped here, Shade's goodby with Lepuck is sufficiently moving, and we are ready to move with Shade to many more outlandish, mind-tripping adventures. I'm hoping that DC is patient with their Young Animal line, because they have a special title here as written and drawn by Castellucci and Zarcone.

9.0
Sherlock Frankenstein & The Legion of Evil #1

Oct 27, 2017

As a general hater of prequels, I was slightly hesitant about this series, but I found the first issue very entertaining. I liked David Rubin on "Ether" and "Black Hammer" #12, and his work was just as good here. Lemire does a good job creating a story that is compelling even though we know Lucy's future. The scene with Lucy and Megalobolt (or something that is definitely not that, but something kind of close?) is powerful and moving. I'm digging this so far.

8.5
Shipwreck #2

Nov 22, 2016

This series is mysterious, confusing, dark, and fascinating. I don't know exactly what is going on but I want more.

8.5
Shipwreck #3

Feb 6, 2017

I don't know what is going on here exactly, but I'm intrigued nonetheless. I felt like this issue was filling in some gaps, and then I read the last page, and...so. It doesn't matter yet. The journey is interesting and Phil Hester's art is incredible. Enigmatic, but worth the read.

9.0
Silver Surfer (2016) #1

Jun 20, 2017

I picked up this issue because it was the only one I was missing from this run, and like all these issues, it was great. I love Norrin and Dawn together, and the stories Dan Slott is cooking up for them are like classics from a bygone era of comics, but timeless in the sense that they work so well today. So much fun. This series (and the adventures of the Surfer and Dawn?) are rounding to a close (Noooo!), but it this is another reminder of how this series always makes me happy.

9.0
Silver Surfer (2016) #3

Nov 7, 2016

9.5
Silver Surfer (2016) #4

Nov 7, 2016

8.5
Silver Surfer (2016) #7

Oct 29, 2016

8.0
Silver Surfer (2016) #8

Jan 15, 2017

A fun little story (ha!) with a hint of menace at the end.

10
Silver Surfer (2016) #9

Mar 13, 2017

This comic is so good. Whenever this book comes out, which is not that often, I get excited. And I loved everything about this issue, which is really a sweet love story between the Surfer and Dawn Greenwood. To say that it was charming would be an understatement. And I absolutely loved the Mike Allred art--his 1960s style design of the planet was excellent. This is just a super fun comic to read.

10
Silver Surfer (2016) #10

Apr 25, 2017

This issue is fun, beautiful, epic, amazing. Dan Slott and Mike Allred are producing such a good comic with the "Silver Surfer," it's always a treat when a new issue comes out. But this is one of the better ones, beyond cosmic in scope, showing again how the Surfer will sacrifice all for the universe, but also a love unparalleled in Dawn Greenwood. Galactus and Ego show their respect for the Surfer, and his love for Dawn, in a comic that seems out of this time, but perfectly so. This book makes me happy.

8.5
Silver Surfer (2016) #11

May 29, 2017

A clever twist on the usual story as the Surfer spends his time avoiding space challenges; ends with a devastating surprise that could change everything for Dawn and Norin Radd.

10
Silver Surfer (2016) #12

Jul 12, 2017

Goddammit, this series is good. This issue was very powerful and very touching, a reflection of death and the way we love people after they have died. Mike Allred's art is fantastic and Dan Slott's story is so emotional without ever being cloying. It is so bittersweet. As someone who has recently lost his parents, I was incredibly moved. This is a series that is a step above almost everything else being produced in comics right now.

9.0
Silver Surfer (2016) #13

Aug 27, 2017

This series is so good. This issue in particular is beautiful and moving; the romance between Dawn Greenwood and Norrin Radd has got to be one of the most powerful in comics. In this issue, we see their love played out over a lifetime. With one issue left, it's easy to be sad, but I'm instead going to wait and see what the final story offers, and just be thankful that a series as wonderful and amazing as this exists.

8.5
Silver Surfer (2016) #14

Nov 5, 2017

I feel like issue 13 was perhaps a more fitting ending to the series, and that this issue isn't entirely necessary. That said, it is a very good issue and a good conclusion to one of the greatest series I can remember. Slott and Allred's "Silver Surfer" is unlike anything else that has come from the last few years, so fun and full of intelligence and heart. Dawn Greenwood will always be remembered by Surfer fans.

9.5
Southern Bastards #13

Nov 7, 2016

9.0
Southern Bastards #14

Nov 7, 2016

9.0
Southern Bastards #15

Nov 6, 2016

9.5
Southern Bastards #16

Jan 15, 2017

Riveting issue that sees Coach Boss descend further into the moral abyss, as he crosses a line he hasn't crossed before. This issue is intense and violent, and brilliantly drawn again. The stakes keep going up, as the ground Coach Boss stands on becomes more and more unstable.

9.0
Southern Bastards #17

Aug 24, 2017

Things continue to spiral for Coach Boss, as he suffers on and off the field. This series is endlessly fascinating, with its dark and deplorable characters. The reckoning of Earl's daughter continues on slow burn, but the stakes and tension continue to get higher.

8.5
Southern Bastards #18

Oct 7, 2017

I didn't quite know what to expect from this issue; I didn't like Latour's writing on issue #12, and I ended up rather strongly disliking his and Chris Brunner's "Loose Ends." Despite my trepidation, this issue was really good; after such a build up, it's kind of great seeing Roberta kick some ass, though I don't trust Aaron and Latour to give her a happy ending. This is violent and jarring, but in the best way. It also provides some background info on Earl, which seems like the first time in a while. And Brunner's artwork worked out well. Latour isn't a writer I really care for, but I have the sense that both he and Aaron have so much invested in this book that they won't publish a sub-par issue; even though its a bit jarringly not Aaron, I think it's the best writing effort from Latour I've read yet.

9.5
Southern Bastards #19

Feb 13, 2018

Despite its lengthy delays, "Southern Bastards" continues to make an impact with each issue, and this is a dynamic one. Coach Boss has been down lately, but this issue shows he's not out, even with a series of people out for his head. The violence is palpable here in perhaps one of the most violent episodes of the series, but all of this seems in line with the escalating stakes for Coach Boss and our other key players. Also great here is the art of Jason Latour, who outdid himself here. Labour's style is such an awesome fit for the story--like nothing else out there, "Southern Bastards" is one of the best comics being published today.

8.0
Southern Bastards #20

May 15, 2018

"Southern Bastards" #20 is a pretty riveting issue, and is pretty hard core with violent action. However, the story's resolution felt a bit off to me--it didn't really seem to work with Roberta's story arc so far. Her decision seems to serve the progression of the overall story, and doesn't really give her rage justice. Of course more awesome "Southern Bastards" issues lay ahead, but the close of this arc for me is really good rather than great, and great is kind of where they've set the bar.

7.0
Southern Cross #10

Jan 15, 2017

Hints of the whereabouts of Alex Braith are here, and I hope that they lead somewhere, as I miss her presence in this series.

8.0
Southern Cross #11

Mar 11, 2017

Things get fucking weird here, but I'm glad I stayed on this title...I want to see what happens next.

6.0
Southern Cross #14

Apr 5, 2018

I feel hesitant to give this too poor a mark, because there was some okay things here, like some of Belanger's art, but I was utterly lost, and the shit going kept getting weirder and weirder, leading into a direction with the ending that doesn't really interest me. I'm out.

8.5
Spider-Gwen (2015) #13

Nov 10, 2016

This is a fun comic! It's like an old episode of "Scooby Doo"...in the best way!

6.5
Spider-Gwen (2015) #15

Jan 10, 2017

I liked Robbi Rodriguez' art for the most part, but this felt a bit underwhelming. I don't know what the deal is with the power-ups, and the superhero with limited powers thing seems kind of played out. I added this to my reading list because I enjoyed issue 13, and in anticipation of her team up with Miles next issue, but on its own this did not really captivate me.

8.0
Spider-Gwen (2015) #16

Jan 23, 2017

This issue is carried by the chemistry between Gwen and Miles, and Robbi Rodriquez' art. The character moments here are well done, as we see Gwen's loneliness alleviated by having Miles there. I'm not a fan of the Spider-Gwen universe, but this was a good book.

6.5
Spider-Gwen (2015) #17

Feb 28, 2017

This issue was a disappointment. I loved the last part in "Spider-Man," but this really goes nowhere with an unwelcome appearance by the ubiquitous Ms. Marvel, who I really feel Marvel is overusing to the point of making her seem tedious. I also felt the Miles/Gwen connection didn't work nearly as well here. Also, the jokes and the dialogue fell flat for me. I think we're facing a situation where the Bendis issues of this crossover are excellent, and the Latour issues are...ehhhh.

7.5
Spider-Gwen (2015) #18

Apr 17, 2017

This was a pretty good, but not really great conclusion to the Miles/Gwen team-up. I think we all knew the romantic element between them wouldn't really happen, but after the intriguing start in Bendis' "Spider-Man," it still seems a little underplayed. And now I must say goodbye, Spider-Gwen; I picked up this book for the crossover and now it is dropped.

4.5
Spider-Man (2016) #9

Nov 21, 2016

Poor Nico Leon, having to waste his awesome art on this nothing story. Civil War II has destroyed this series. Total filler. And the cover is a sham. Where's Venom? Where's Spider-Man for that matter? What a waste of time.

5.5
Spider-Man (2016) #10

Dec 20, 2016

The final few pages of the issue are interesting and seem relevant… The rest is more of Bendis repeating a scene we've already seen done in another comic...Except for the final pages this is a frustrating waste of time… please please please let this put the god awful disaster that was Civil War II to bed

7.5
Spider-Man (2016) #11

Jan 11, 2017

This issue had me until the surprise twist, which fell flat for me. Great Pichelli art though.

8.5
Spider-Man (2016) #12

Jan 20, 2017

This was a good issue, so welcome after this title was sucked into the black hole that was "Civil War II" for so long. The opening pages definitely hooked me, and I am interested to see Miles and Gwen interact.

9.5
Spider-Man (2016) #13

Feb 21, 2017

I loved this issue! The showdown between Miles and his dad was intense and thrilling, and the Sara Pichelli artwork was absolutely fantastic! This issue looks totally great! And it is "good Bendis," personal, charming, and funny ("A girl that meets your inherent sense of self-loathing?") I'm totally into this storyline, and really like the Miles/Gwen chemistry. Fun stuff.

9.0
Spider-Man (2016) #15

Apr 25, 2017

I really liked this character-driven issue, which slows things down after the time-travel mini-epic of the last few issues. It's a lot more grounded, and sincerely emotional look at Miles and his family. And I'm not sure where Szymon Kudranski is from, but he's great. I sighed when I saw Pichelli didn't draw this, but was very pleasantly surprised. This was really good.

8.0
Spider-Man (2016) #16

May 15, 2017

Good issue, with Bazaldua doing a pretty good job with pencils (though the Pat Brown cover is not at all to my liking). I like the character moments, but Black Cat continues to be underwhelming as the crime boss of NYC.

8.5
Spider-Man (2016) #17

Jun 12, 2017

Aside from the hideous cover (Howard Porter has got to go, sorry--his covers are terrible), this is a good issue. Miles is all dark, but this issue does a nice job with his supporting cast, trying to help him find perspective. The opening scene with Bombshell is well done, and Bendis actually has us consider the plight of the bad guy. Good fight action with Hammerhead here, as Oscar Bazalua does a fine job on pencils.

8.5
Spider-Man (2016) #18

Aug 17, 2017

This was a good issue. I'm really liking Hammerhead as a nemesis, and it was awesome to see Golfballs go all-out here. The characterization in this series continues to be really strong, and Oscar Bazaldua's art is a great fit.

7.0
Spider-Man (2016) #20

Oct 11, 2017

A solid, but more or less average issue. Nico Leon's art is nice, holding the issue up a bit higher than the plot (which is pretty standard fare) does. And, hey, a cover that has absolutely no contextual tie to the book inside! That's always neat!

9.0
Spider-Man (2016) #21

Nov 5, 2017

This is a fun and exciting issue, as Miles is in a bit over his head in Japan. The action here is excellent, and Nico Leon is killer on art...I love the two-page spread after Miles falls through the roof into the room full of Inhuman Ninjas. Tomoe is an interesting adversary for Miles. And the scene with Miles mowing through all these Ninjas as his dad talks about Bruce Lee clearing through opponents was fun. Aside from the cover, which is done in a style that is really not for me, this was a really cool issue.

6.0
Spider-Man (2016) #235

Dec 13, 2017

This is, by all standards, a disappointing comic. To call the new Sinister Six underwhelming would be an understatement--the jokey nature of this crew paints them as, well...a lame bunch of b-listers. Too much of this issue is their (boring) scheming. But nothing much happens after we switch to see Miles' goings on, either. This seems to be Bendis phoning it in--I have really liked his work, but this issue just tastes stale. Also, enough with the terrible Patrick Brown covers...they are beyond gaudy.

5.5
Spider-Man (2016) #236

Jan 10, 2018

This series continues to sputter with this new Sinister Six plot, which is leaving me questioning how much I need to be reading this book. The opening with Ganke (Ned?) and his new girlfriend was interesting and funny, but the rest was just a bore, with tedious dialogue I had struggle not to just skim. And, sorry, these Patrick Brown covers are as gaudy as shit. Skip this.

7.5
Spider-Man (2016) #238

Mar 12, 2018

This series has more or less been a major disappointment as of late, as the the whole Sinister Six thing is kind of run of the mill for me. This issue, while nothing spectacular, kept me interested enough to hang in till the surprise conclusion, which actually has me interested to read this next time, for the first time in a while.

6.5
Spider-Man (2016) #239

Apr 10, 2018

Bendis' run on Miles Morales' "Spider-Man" seems to be ending with a whimper as opposed to a bang. This Sinister Six, possibly the most dull collection of villains ever, continue to...uh, steal stuff, and then the Champions come, and...I was pretty bored. The drama between Miles and his Uncle is not really interesting, largely because there is nothing special about his Iron Spider. If you asked me to summarize this plot, I'm thinking I might have trouble locating key points to highlight. Nothing much is happening here. Move along.

7.5
Spider-Man (2016) #240

May 10, 2018

The final Bendis issue of "Spider-Man" serves as an analog of Bendis' illness this past year, which unexpectedly almost took his life. It's sentimental, but not overly so, and serves as a nice outdo to his Miles run. Thankfully the Sinister Six plot plays a minor role in this, and we see the people in Miles life rally around him. I really liked the ending with Ganke, Curiously, Miles himself seems to be stepping away from the role of Spider-Man, as Bendis himself is walking away from the character. I feel like I got on the Miles bandwagon too late, and missed most of the really great stories Bendis did with him, but I certainly appreciate the character and am curious to see where Marvel takes him next.

4.5
Spider-Man / Deadpool #11

Nov 9, 2016

I started this, convinced I wasn't going to like it, briefly thought "Well, it could be OK, this seems fun," but by the finish couldn't wait for it to end...

9.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #12

Jan 12, 2017

I can't believe I'm giving a Christmas issue 9/10, but this surprised me with how much fun it was! Most Holiday issues are a write-off, but this had me smiling all the way through, from Deadpool's gift for Hawkeyes and riff on Banner, to the tender Christmas friendship moments between Deadpool and Spidey. This team-up is full of Saturnalia mirth!

7.5
Spider-Man / Deadpool #23

Nov 18, 2017

Not the greatest issue, but things are bound to be weird between these two after "Secret Empire". I picked this series up after a few months off because of the Chris Bachalo art, which made this worth its while. Looks really great and was a solid bit of fun so I'll stay on board.

5.5
Spider-Man / Deadpool #25

Jan 14, 2018

I like Chris Bachalo's art, but I found this hard to get through. The art looked pretty good, but it terms of storytelling, was kind of confusing. Storewise, lots of wacky stuff happening, but I just found it boring. Sorry.

7.5
Spider-Man / Deadpool #1.MU

Feb 6, 2017

Al things considered, for a pointless tie-in, it was actually quite amusing. I'm done with "Monsters Unleashed" cross-overs, but this is not at all a bad comic.

9.0
Spider-Men II #1

Aug 3, 2017

I really liked this. It has an intriguing opening sequence for which we get no explanation this issue, but that's okay. It has a charming sequence with Miles and Ganke and a girl Miles is crushing on. The premise of another Miles existing in this universe is an interesting one, though it takes a bit of effort to combat alternate universe fatigue. But the killer is Sara Pichelli's gorgeous art. This issue reads, and looks, really great. I had a lot of fun reading it.

7.0
Spider-Men II #2

Aug 24, 2017

I really liked the first issue, but this issue...what's the point? We were left with a cliffhanger, as Peter looks shocked, stunned to discover...a Google search that goes nowhere! I like the rapport between the Spider-Men, but aside from being pretty to look at, there's not much to this issue. And...Peter only 3 years older than Miles? What the fuck is that?

7.0
Spider-Men II #3

Oct 13, 2017

This series is pretty muddled. After a strong first ish, it hasn't really gone anywhere. This month we get a flashback explaining Miles' father's background, which was pretty entertaining in its own right; it doesn't really seem like it should be the centerpiece to a 5-part story. There's a serious lack of momentum going on, and, as for the central conflict/idea of the story, I don't care so much.

5.0
Spider-Men II #5

Jan 10, 2018

This series was a dud. In a weird way it doesn't even seem like there a big stakes here, as I guess the big thing in this series is Miles coming to terms with his identity. And the ending, pencilled by Mark Bagely, made me cringe a bit (due to both the content and Bagley's art). Even the Sarah Pichelli art in this issue seems below her usual standards. Not recommended.

8.5
Star Trek: Boldly Go #1

Oct 22, 2016

7.0
Star Trek: Boldly Go #2

Nov 28, 2016

Solid issue...Kirk's head/face sometimes looks peculiar, as Chris Pine seems to pose particular trouble for artist Shasteen

8.0
Star Trek: Boldly Go #3

Dec 20, 2016

Good issue with an ending leaving me anxious to read the next... like any comic where the artist is trying to mimic the faces of actors, the art occasionally comes off a little wonky, for the overall look is good and this is a fun comic.

9.0
Star Trek: Boldly Go #4

Jan 21, 2017

The first arc of this series concludes with the Borg battling Spock, whose unique nature makes him immune to assimilation. The defeat of the Borg seemed a bit too easy here, but the fact that they will return en masse reestablishes the idea that they are a huge threat. The art of Tony Shasteen keeps getting better; I though some of his renderings of the actors faces seemed unnatural in the first few issues, but that's not a problem here. The overall art is stellar in this issue. Mike Johnson has the voices down for these characters as well. I'm excited for this series! But gimme more McCoy!

8.5
Star Trek: Boldly Go #5

Mar 11, 2017

I love this series! I thought "Star Trek Beyond" was the best of the new trilogy, and I'm psyched that I get to follow their adventures every month. As a big fan of the movie, it goes without saying that I was excited to see Jaylah enter the series; I'm not sure if the structure of this story robs a bit of suspense from it, or if it all kind of reverse builds to an awesome final page that wouldn't have the same impact if the story were told chronologically. Probably the latter, because I loved that last page. This title is a must for fans of Star Trek, or just fans of good comics.

7.0
Star Trek: Boldly Go #7

Apr 21, 2017

Generally solid, well written issue that has some major problems on art. Simply put, Megan Levens pencils were barely adequate. A good read, but not going as boldly as it did over the first arc.

7.5
Star Trek: Boldly Go #8

May 30, 2017

This series hasn't proven to be spectacular, though showing hints that it could be at times in the first arc, but it is solid. I did enjoy this read, although the art isn't up to the level of Tony Shasteen's work on 1-4. Solid, unspectacular, but worth keeping up on just so I can check in with these characters every month.

7.5
Star Trek: Boldly Go #9

Jun 28, 2017

This issue explores Spock and Uhura's relationship, and their suitability to each other as human and Vulcan mates. It does so in the backdrop of a plot which stresses the differences between the two species. Not great, but pretty good. Tony Shasteen returns some stability to the art.

5.0
Star Trek: Boldly Go #11

Oct 11, 2017

The art in this issue is just not for me--I like cartoony artwork at times, but this looked like stills from a cartoon from the 70s. It totally threw me off, and there was not enough there with the story to keep me hanging on. This series is listing a bit.

6.0
Star Wars (2014) #25

Nov 28, 2016

Mercifully the last chapter in an arc that has been uneven, at best. This story was just silly (Han/Leia racing across the destroyer; floating outside it in space with only flimsy masks as protection). More disturbing to me, though, is Marvel allowing such substandard art in its bestselling title. The return to Ben Kenobi's journal and Salvador Latricia art next issue are sorely needed for this flagging book.

8.0
Star Wars (2014) #26

Jan 11, 2017

This issue is a pleasing turnaround from the last arc, which left me on the verge of dropping this title. I enjoyed C3PO spilling the beans on all his "exploits" in the opening pages and I found the introduction to the Yoda story amusing as well. And the art is a serious upgrade.

8.0
Star Wars (2014) #27

Feb 3, 2017

I enjoyed this issue. The mystery of the blue rock in the story had me interested, and I feel like I haven't spent time with Yoda in a long time. Though there's no way he lets himself be taken captive. Anyway, the art, for the most part, was crisp and strong, and this continues to be a nice change from the last arc, which I really found annoying.

8.5
Star Wars (2014) #28

Feb 7, 2017

This arc is shaping up well, as this issue begins to show how it might tie all together for Luke, Ben and Yoda. I really enjoyed this issue.

8.5
Star Wars (2014) #29

Mar 28, 2017

This is a weird arc that has been quite enjoyable for me. I have never been the biggest Yoda fan, but I am enjoying Jason Aaron's characterization of him here, and Salvador Larroca's art is top notch. The narrative trick of having Luke read this in Obi Wan's journal is a bit forced, but I am interested to see how this shapes out.

6.0
Star Wars (2014) #30

May 3, 2017

Underwhelming final issue in this Yoda-centric arc. Pretty anti-climactic. I've liked Salvador Larroca's art in this run, but this issue featured some of the most egregious use of photo-shopping I've ever seen in a comic. There are a couple of panels where Luke's face looks pasted on. Not good.

8.0
Star Wars (2014) #31

May 30, 2017

This doesn't quite have the pacing and charm of "The Screaming Citadel Part 1," but it is an interesting entry nonetheless. Aaron's writing doesn't seem to have quite the zest Gillen's did on the one-shot. The art is solid; a few blatant examples of photoshopping, but the book generally comes across correct.

7.0
Star Wars (2014) #32

Jun 21, 2017

The "Vader Down" crossover was really good, as was the "Screaming Citadel" one-shot, but this crossover has kind of fizzled out, in my eyes. This issue was okay, but I think I would have preferred this to be a Luke/Aphra solo team up story, without dragging in the supporting casts. I think the underlying problem is that Jason Aaron's "Star Wars" hasn't been consistently good in a very long time, leaving me to think he's running in place regarding interesting things to do with this property.

8.5
Star Wars (2014) #33

Jul 26, 2017

This was a really good issue of "Star Wars." I've been a big critic of this comic as of late, mostly finding it to be a big disappointment, but this one was a really fun, interesting read. I enjoyed the narrative style, as Leia reflects upon her current adventures through the veil of having lost her home world. Larroca's pencils are spot on...this book looked really good too. It's nice to see a simple one-shot that tells an impactful and meaningful story; here's looking to more of this in the future.

8.0
Star Wars (2014) Annual #2

Dec 7, 2016

Good standalone story. The discussion of Alderaan was interesting, dealt with in a way I haven't seen before.

9.5
Star Wars (2014): Screaming Citadel #1

May 29, 2017

I really liked this. The "Star Wars" franchise has been, quite frankly, growing pretty stale lately, as the main title has been inconsistent at best, and "Doctor Aphra," while pretty good, isn't in the same league as Gillen's solo Vader book. But Aphra and Luke have some charming chemistry here. The plot moves along at a nice clip, introducing some cool stuff while allowing time for the characters to breathe and interact. For the first time in a while, I'm really excited to read the next issue of "Star Wars."

6.5
Star Wars: Darth Vader (2017) #1

Jun 21, 2017

Keiran Gillen's "Darth Vader" was so good, this series has a lot to live up to. It makes itself its own thing by exploring rookie Vader, but....I didn't really care too much for this. I mean, it wasn't bad, but it didn't have the coolness or badassedness of its former iteration. I also thought Camuncoli's pencils would work better than they did. I'll try issue #2, but I'm not really sold here.

6.5
Star Wars: Darth Vader (2017) #2

Jun 28, 2017

Not great. Perhaps this isn't the fault of Soule or the book (certainly not Camuncoli, who draws Vader well), but I am not really interested in seeing the jedi lore of the prequels expanded further upon. Also, cool as he is, Vader is a tough character to hold down a solo book. Keiran Gillen developed a strong supporting cast in the first series to balance a character who seldom speaks and for whom an inner narration would be almost absurd, something missing here, as we have to have Storm Trooper banter guide the story. I'm just not feeling it.

7.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #1

Dec 12, 2016

Solid first issue.

8.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #2

Jan 12, 2017

This is a really fun comic. Doctor Aphra is a likeable lead, I think not in spite of, but because of her moral ambivalence. The dialogue is snappy without being annoying, and the different aspects of the 2 flashbacks here is clever. Doctor Aphra and her murder-droids are characters worthy of the great cast "Star Wars" offers.

8.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #3

Jan 24, 2017

This series continues to be fun and exciting. Doctor Aphra is a great addition to the Star Wars universe.

7.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #4

Feb 14, 2017

This book seemed a little light on content, as it was a very fast read. Entertaining, but slight. In any case, it sets up the next issue very well.

9.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #5

Mar 14, 2017

I loved this issue. The scene where Beetee and Triple Zero hide in the shadows while the troopers are rushing past towards Aphra and her father was funny. I also enjoyed the character work here, as we dig deeper into Aphra's relationship with her father. And the story of the lost Jedi was interesting. Nice Kev Walker art. Really good book.

7.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #6

Apr 20, 2017

I like Doctor Aphra, but the story in this arc fell apart for me as it progressed. Looking forward to an uptick in the crossover with Star Wars, and the team-up between Aphra and Luke.

7.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #7

Jun 6, 2017

"Screaming Citadel" kind of veers off track in this issue for me, as Luke's people arrive and we have some goofy action. It just didn't interest me like the first two chapters. There are definitely diminishing returns from the excellent opener to this chapter. The art was pretty good, but in the final panel of one page in the middle of the book, when Luke is talking to Aphra, he looks exactly like Alfred E. Neuman. So, there you go.

5.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #8

Jul 20, 2017

Ugh. After the strong start this series had with the "Screaming Citadel" one-shot, it ends with me just being thankful it's over and wondering if I need to keep buying the Star Wars titles. To call these titles inconsistent would be doing them credit. Here, Broccardo's cartoony style just doesn't fit, and I was just frankly bored by the story, uninterested in its villains, uninterested by the Aphra/Sana Solo relationship, and just wanted it to end.

9.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #9

Aug 5, 2017

I totally loved this issue. Great cover. Great to see the return of Kev Walker on pencils. It was a very interesting issue from start to finish. Coming off of the disappointing "Star Wars" crossover, this is such a breath of fresh air. It revitalizes Doctor Aphra as a character. As well as the kill-droids...after kind of existing as comedic sidekicks, it was easy to forget their brutal nature, but that ends here. And the ending of the issue is a kick-ass surprise. Awesome.

8.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #10

Aug 15, 2017

A fun issue introducing a whole different cast of seedy space characters. A good read, with strong Kev Walker art.

8.0
Star Wars: Poe Dameron #8

Jan 19, 2017

I fell off this series for a bit, but was entertained coming back for this issue, a very solid start to the new arc. Phil Noto's pencils are less painterly here than they sometimes are, but still look great.

8.5
Star Wars: Poe Dameron #11

Feb 27, 2017

This was a really enjoyable issue. Soule has built an interesting villain in Terex, and even though Poe himself doesn't seem as well-developed as his foe, he's charming enough. But what really shines, as usual, is the fantastic Phil Noto art. He makes this series look just great.

7.5
Star-Lord (2016) #1

Jan 10, 2017

Entertaining enough first issue.

8.0
Star-Lord (2016) #3

Feb 24, 2017

This was a good, fun issue. Zdarsky gives Peter Quill heart to go alongside his selfishness, and the scenes in the bar are amusing.

8.0
Star-Lord (2016) #5

Apr 13, 2017

This is another strong entry in this series, though the Black Cat grates as a villain. I can't quite buy her as boss of the NYC mob, and I can't quite buy Star-Lord, Logan, and Daredevil combined not being up to the task of taking her down. Anyway, this issue continues to hit the right humorous and touching notes. It's been fun and I am looking forward to see how it resolves next issue.

6.5
Stellar #1

Jul 3, 2018

This is alright I guess...I'm not even sure why I added this to my pull list...I think because I recognized Bret Blevins name from X-Men books in the 90s. It's just not really noteworthy. I read it about an hour ago and I already kind of forget what happened...I think I'm out

7.0
Strangers In Paradise XXV #2

Apr 3, 2018

"Strangers in Paradise" suffers from heavy, heavy exposition--it starts with Katchoo in a dire situation, and then reels back how we got there. But it is so text-heavy, I felt like I was reading a synopsis. My interest revived somewhat with the brief introduction/mash-up with "Rachel Rising," but it only kind of made me wish I was reading something as good as that series instead. I don't have a long background with the "Strangers" characters, having read most of the first super-thick omnibus of the original series (40 or so issues), and I must say I enjoyed "Motor Girl" and "Rachel Rising" more than I am this. It seems sorta dated to me. Anyway, Moore's art is gorgeous, so it's worth it for that, but I gotta say this series is sort of just "pretty good" so far.

9.0
Supergirl: Being Super #1

Jan 12, 2017

This is a great, fun read. Tamaki has a flair for teenage dramatics and presents a very likeable cast with Kara and her best friends. As always, Joelle Jones is amazing here: just look at the scene where we first see Kara fly. I picked this up for the artist, but all the creative forces here come together to make an excellent comic.

9.5
Supergirl: Being Super #2

Mar 16, 2017

I've not read many (any?) "Supergirl" comics, but got on board for this because of the Joelle Jones art. And it is great! Her sense of capturing character acting, their emotions, is exemplary. She's one of the best. But I have also become a fan of Mariko Tamaki, who really does a great job in characterization here. This is about Kara and her friends, with super powers almost a secondary idea (though the ending suggests scales are shifting). Tamaki and Jones do such a good job capturing Kara's grief, her inability to grasp what has happened and make sense of it. So good.

9.0
Supergirl: Being Super #3

May 8, 2017

This series has been really great. It is kind of quiet and understated, but powerful at the same time. Joelle Jones and Mariko Tamaki expertly portray Kara's sense of loss and confusion. Jones' panels sometimes say so much without the need of dialogue. She's one of the finest artists working today, and this book shows it.

9.5
Supergirl: Being Super #4

Jul 25, 2017

Well, this whole series has been fucking great. I've not really read Supergirl before, but this was absolutely charming. Tamaki is fantastic in making fully fleshed out characters--Kara seems like a real girl, not some comic writer's cliched version of a teenager. And Joelle Jones has got to be one of the finest artists working in comics today. I've loved her work on "Lady Killer" and "Superman: American Alien," but she really knocks it out of the park here; this book is gorgeous. I can't wait to see what she does next.

8.5
Superman (2016) #8

Oct 8, 2016

8.5
Superman (2016) #9

Oct 21, 2016

8.0
Superman (2016) #10

Nov 6, 2016

6.0
Superman (2016) #11

Nov 22, 2016

Too much Jon and Damian for me; Jon is wearing thin with his "Aw, shucks, Dad," characterization and Damian is just a jerk. This iteration of Superman and Batman don't seem to have the background relationship to justify why they are doing all this. This depiction of Batman doesn't fit the tone DC has going with him in any other book. I felt like I was reading a 1960s DC comic--in a bad way. This is not for me.

9.0
Superman (2016) #12

Dec 27, 2016

Entertaining comic, great pace and strong art. Nice to see the return of Frankenstein, agent of S.H.A.D.E...fun comic

7.0
Superman (2016) #13

Jan 9, 2017

8.5
Superman (2016) #14

Jan 20, 2017

This was a fun, well-paced issue, entertaining from start to finish. It was nice to see the different iterations of Superman from throughout the multiverse. Great start to the new arc.

8.0
Superman (2016) #16

Feb 7, 2017

Very good conclusion to what was a fun 3-issue arc.

8.5
Superman (2016) #17

Mar 7, 2017

This was a crazy, spooky little one-shot that was a lot of fun. I expect we'll see this mysterious swamp man/creature in the future, but this story in itself was well-done and entertaining. I like the interaction between Jon (who I sometimes find grating, but not here) and his friend Kathy. And Sebastian Fiumara's artwork was excellent.

8.5
Superman (2016) #18

Mar 8, 2017

This issue opens with some stuff about Mr. Oz, who I guess will somehow be tied to the mystery of who this Clark Kent is. It's a good read, and builds suspense for the story by showing Rebirth-Superman's life being stripped away. I liked this enough to get on board for next week's "Action Comics," a title I don't usually read, so, there you go.

8.5
Superman (2016) #20

Apr 11, 2017

There's demonic milk in Hamilton County! Watch out, Superman family! This continues to be a fun series. I also really enjoyed the Patrick Gleason art here. He's made for the Man of Steel. And family.

8.5
Superman (2016) #21

Apr 27, 2017

We knew that all is not as it seems in Hamilton County, but I was still surprised by the ending of this book in what is turning out to be a neat little arc. I've fallen off most of the Rebirth titles, but Superman keeps on bringing fun and enjoyable issues.

9.0
Superman (2016) #22

May 12, 2017

I loved the narrative framework here, as Lois is the centre of the action and we see the mysteries of their hometown exposed through her perspective. The scene where Lois gets behind the wheel of the Batmobile was pretty awesome...this issue doesn't offer much of anything in terms of answers about what the f**k is going on with the Kents' hometown, but it is a really fun ride. As a whole, Rebirth "Superman" has been a great title.

8.5
Superman (2016) #24

Jun 13, 2017

This arc stretches credulity a bit (i.e., all of this going on under Superman's nose with him none the wiser; Superman just letting Jon be kidnapped), but well, fuck it, I like it anyway. This was an exciting read, with a nice fight scene, and the art was pretty darn good. Looking forward to Superboy Black next issue.

6.5
Superman (2016) #25

Aug 2, 2017

Didn't really care for this. Too many small panels with lots dialogue to go with the fighting. Wasn't effectively done in my opinion. Though there is a possessed cow smoking a cigarette, so...that's cool.

6.5
Superman (2016) #26

Oct 6, 2017

A kind of trite one-off focussing on Jon and Superman's relationship. I liked it enough, though its pretty inconsequential. Not really good, not really bad.

8.5
Superman (2016) #42

Mar 19, 2018

It's been a while since I checked out "Superman," having drifted away during one of the crossovers in the past 10-15 issues. But, there's Bizzaro with family American Gothic style, so, there you go. This was fun, though the Bizarro-dialogue had my head swimming a bit. Most impressive is Gleason's art here. He's got a way with this book. I think I'll be around for the next issue.

7.5
Superman (2016) #43

Apr 10, 2018

This is a pretty solid read. The take on Boyzarro coming from a dysfunctional family is kind of funny, and I liked the scenes with Boyzarro and Superboy. And Robzarro was kind of funny. Pretty good.

8.0
Superman (2016) Annual #1

Dec 5, 2016

Entertaining one-shot. I enjoyed seeing Swamp Thing again, and found this depiction of his powers interesting. And, dare I say, I enjoyed the break from Superboy. Good comic.

9.0
Swamp Thing Winter Special #1

Feb 20, 2018

Tom King has emerged as one of the best writers in comics, and his great run continues with the "Swamp Thing Winter Special" #1. Coming off of his captivating Swamp Thing story in "Batman" #23, King again features a sad, wistful, tragic hero. His journeys through the cold and snow, protecting a boy from the "monster" that pursues them, are powerful, growing almost mythical. Again we are left with a Swamp Thing who is tortured and alone. The twist to the story leads to this powerful ending. The second story, with the script printed afterwords, features Len Wein's last Swamp Thing writing. All told, this special is well worth the price. Even more impressively, DC is continuing a trend with some really great stories in annuals and compilations, showing that these issues don't need to be high priced throwaways (looking at you, Marvel).

7.5
Teen Titans (2016) #1

Oct 30, 2016

8.5
Teen Titans (2016) #2

Nov 28, 2016

Fun, exciting issue, with strong art by Neves. I prefer his work to Jonboy Meyers'....I picked this series up to give it a try, and after 2 strong issues I am in for the long haul.

8.0
Teen Titans (2016) #3

Jan 11, 2017

Damian remains a frustratingly inconsistent character, but I enjoyed the "Breakfast Club" style bonding and character building here. I'm sticking around to see what happens.

6.5
Teen Titans (2016) #5

Mar 9, 2017

Nothing really bad here, except Damian being Damian. Being stubborn. Then learning. Then growing. To no doubt act stubborn and stupid again the next time the plot demands it. The other Teen Titans haven't really done anything to distinguish themselves in this series either. Maybe if I had a background with these characters I would feel differently, but I just don't care enough about them to continue past this arc. Oh, and Ra's al Ghul is a punk here. That was bad.

8.0
Thanos (2016) #1

Nov 22, 2016

Good comic. Thanos' brutality is on display here and I enjoyed the appearances of Starfox and Death. I'm on board.

7.5
Thanos (2016) #2

Jan 18, 2017

In his quest to save his life Thanos leaves destruction in his wake. This series looks good, and I like the team assembled to bring Thanos down, but the destroyer himself is really not that captivating a character here.

9.0
Thanos (2016) #3

Feb 3, 2017

As I picked up this book to read it, I wondered exactly what I was looking for. It isn't Thanos killing unmercifully without reprieve, but I know that is what is certainly to be expected from a Thanos book. So this issue surprised me. It is almost all battle with the Imperial Guard, but Lemire and Deodato use these 9-grid pages with different characters talking about Thanos and his heartless destruction. It makes the battle seem all the more daunting, and brings to mind that the only reason the fight is even close is because Thanos is dying. And then when Gladiator gets called to the fray at the end of his 9-panel grid exposition on Thanos, I thought "awesome..." So this issue did a good job of pointing out Thanos' complete indestructibility, then bringing his illness into play to make him destructible, because if he isn't even a wee bit fallible, what's the point? Great deal of fun and the best issue of the series yet.

9.0
Thanos (2016) #4

Mar 28, 2017

This was a really enjoyable issue with a lot of cool stuff. I really liked the black coven, Thane's friendship with Lobo-looking guy, and Thane's rescue. It was a good read. It's a bummer that Lemire is leaving Marvel, but this is not the kind of series that likely had a long life anyway. Hopefully Lemire has enough time to finish this story in a satisfying way.

8.0
Thanos (2016) #5

Apr 13, 2017

Another good issue, though I didn't like it as much as the last. This is an interesting cast of characters, and I'm not sure where things are going with the Phoenix egg. Also, reading Lemire's final Marvel work is bittersweet, because they are losing what is likely their strongest writer very soon. Ah, cruel fate!

9.0
Thanos (2016) #6

May 5, 2017

This has been an awesome series, and the first arc concludes with another great issue. Thane takes control of the Pheonix force with Lady Death by his side. This is fun stuff.

7.5
Thanos (2016) #7

Jun 22, 2017

In this issue Thanos feels the weight of being mortal, and is sad. And he battles a giant rodent-monster. And is sad. I missed Deodato's art here, though Peralta does make the plot easy to follow in an issue that is mostly dialogue-free. So, yeah, it was alright.

10
Thanos (2016) #14

Jan 23, 2018

I really liked Jeff Lemire’s issues, but Donny Cates is taking things to another level—he was born to do this series, instilling every page with badassery (Old King Thanos, Cosmic Ghost Rider). Add in Shaw’s great pencil work, and “Thanos” is one of the most underratedly awesome comics coming out today.

8.5
Thanos (2016) #15

Feb 13, 2018

Even though this is a slightly down issue, this arc continues to be awesome. The revelation of the Cosmic Ghost Rider's identity doesn't really work for me, despite the explanation given. The conversation between Thanos the King and current Thanos is interesting, and leads to an amazingly cool final page, in which one of my favourite characters appears looking totally awesome and badassed. Good stuff.

9.0
Thanos (2016) #17

Apr 4, 2018

This is a pretty fucking badassed comic. The fight between the 2 Thanoses and the Mjolnir-wielding Silver Surfer is beyond epic, and fantastically drawn by Geoff Shaw. With this run, and "God Country" to their credit, Marvel have a great tandem in Gates/Shaw...let's hope they keep working together! There are surprise elements in here that reward the reader every few pages (i.e., the return from an imposing figure seen earlier in the series, the dramatic ending); with all the awesome new iterations on classic characters, this series has been an absolute blast. One issue of the awesomeness left.

8.5
Thanos (2016) Annual #1

Jun 5, 2018

This was a lot of fun! All of the stories clicked for me except the kid-Thanos cute thing, which I had to quit reading and skip, because I was not feeling it. The other stories are all quiet little tales of Thanos' destruction of entire worlds and individual lives, bound together by narration from Cosmic Ghost Rider. Marvel has long served up lame, inconsequential, and bland annuals--this, while not earth-shaking, was a great read, and not some superfluous junk they just needed to publish. Highly recommended!

9.0
The Beauty #12

Mar 9, 2017

This was a really great issue of "The Beauty," an insightful look at how much weight perfection carries in our world, and a closer look at two people who find beauty in non-perfection. I loved the first arc of this series, but my interest waned over the last arc. But this issue has won me back. If only we got Jeremy Haun's pencils every month! He drew a beautiful issue here. But I'm also reinvested in the characters here, and glad to see this title back on track.

8.0
The Beauty #13

Apr 17, 2017

Good issue. This series has picked up since a somewhat disappointing second arc. I like detective Foster and Vaughn. It's never as good when not drawn by Jeremy Haun, but Thomas Nachlik does a solid job on pencils.

8.0
The Beauty #14

Apr 27, 2017

This is essentially a character driven detective comic, as the community of beauties is under threat from one or more mysterious killers. This arc continues strong.

9.0
The Beauty #15

Jun 13, 2017

This is a great issue in terms of plot and moving the story forward. Haun, Hurley, and Nachlik do a great job conveying Vaughn's struggle, and the concept of the Narcissus Killer is just downright creepy. Nachlik is doing a great job on this book; I hope he stays on past the end of this arc.

8.5
The Beauty #16

Aug 18, 2017

Strong conclusion to a strong arc. "The Beauty" is a book that makes you think about what is valued by our society and what that means to we who live in it. I hope this isn't the last we see of Thomas Nachlik, because his art is a perfect fit for this book. After a disappointing second arc, the third one excelled, and I am excited to see what comes next.

8.0
The Belfry (One Shot) #1

Mar 8, 2017

Dark, weird, eerily creepy book. It's a one-shot, but it felt a bit like part one of something. But any one-shot that leaves the reader wanting more has done its job.

7.5
The Black Hood: Season 2 #2

Jan 21, 2017

This book is interesting, with "No One" mysteriously on the back of the Black Hood, and it looks great, but I had a hard time understanding what was going on, what the context is, in the Hood's conversation with Lorenzo. A bit of muddy storytelling. Also, the story doesn't seem to move along much with this conversation. So I feel we're a little behind where we should be after this issue.

9.0
The Black Hood: Season 2 #3

Mar 9, 2017

This is a great issue as Swierczyniski drives the plot into overdrive. After the build of the last two issues, the excitement of this issue really hits the mark. Greg Scott's pencils are excellent, and the Greg Smallwood cover is fucking ridiculous. I'm a bit perplexed by the ending, but can't wait for next month's issue!

9.0
The Black Hood: Season 2 #4

May 1, 2017

This is a dirty, grimy crime book, and it's awesome. Greg faces off with the man he killed (or did he?) in this issue, while "the nobody" continues to wreak havoc. This book is really well written, and it looks so good. This is top notch noir shit.

8.0
The Black Hood: Season 2 #5

Jun 21, 2017

The two Black Hood series in the last couple of years have been criminally underrated, perhaps due to being released on Dark Circle, Archie's crime comic label. In this issue, things happen a bit too fast to conclude the story, but it is quality nonetheless. I have enjoyed Swierczynski's dark stories, and Greg Scott's pencils here, and hope this isn't the last time we get to see Black Hood.

8.5
The Black Monday Murders #3

Oct 29, 2016

9.0
The Black Monday Murders #4

Dec 2, 2016

8.5
The Black Monday Murders #6

Jun 28, 2017

I don't fully understand what's going on here, as Hickman is building a typically deep, mysterious world, revealing things piece by piece, but it is dark and fascinating. It's a credit to the creators that the book is always interesting in spite of many questions that linger.

7.0
The Brave and the Bold: Batman and Wonder Woman #1

Feb 28, 2018

This comic isn't bad, but it didn't hook me enough to come back for the rest of the series. I liked the premise of the "haunted" characters, and the ending is pretty damn cool, but some of Sharpe's dialogue seems awkward ("the rutting of the beast with two backs"...ugghhhh) and I really felt the folklore stuff to overly wordy and overly full of goblins or whatever, which is not really what I was looking for coming in. If you're into the Celtic folk stuff, this series probably has a lot to offer, but it's not my bag right now.

8.5
The Clone Conspiracy #1

Oct 16, 2016

9.0
The Clone Conspiracy #2

Nov 9, 2016

I'm enjoying this event... I'm giving Dan Slott the benefit of the doubt by believing these characters' "resurrections" won't stick… And the Jim Cheung art is amazing

9.0
The Clone Conspiracy #3

Dec 12, 2016

I'm really enjoying this event. Jim Cheung's art is awesome, and the surprise ending has me totally invested in what comes next.

8.5
The Clone Conspiracy #4

Jan 23, 2017

Things go crazy in a way I didn't anticipate in this issue; I thought Ben Reilly had too much Peter in him to go to the lengths he does here. This issue combines a lot of dialogue exploring the ethics of what Ben has done, and action soon follows. "Finally!" Peter says as the clones of his villains descend upon him. "Clone Conspiracy" has been a great story so far, and I am excited to see how Dan Slott wraps this all up. Oh, and Jim Cheung. Just great.

8.0
The Clone Conspiracy #5

Feb 21, 2017

No, this is not a full conclusion. We have yet to see the fallout of all this. I don't know how Ben Reilly can be brought back. But this issue gave a final glimpse at some great Jim Cheung art, and I thought the story, though unspectacular, did what it had to do. It also gives a hint at how Spidey may return to his more down-to-earth roots with the sacrifice of all the webware on the planet. It was definitely an over-the-top event, a horror story really at it's roots, and I have to say I enjoyed this series as a whole. And now we get Stuart Immonen!

8.5
The Clone Conspiracy: Omega #1

Mar 7, 2017

I was pleasantly surprised by this issue. The first story continued to tread familiar ground to a certain extent, but also filled out this story's conclusion with a bit more depth, showing the emotional ramifications for Spidey and Rhino. And I must admit to not being familiar with Cory Smith's work, but holy cow, he needs to be drawing Spider-Man more. His work is great. The second story was more of a rehash, but served to remind me never to buy the Scarlet Spider title. Done. And the last story was a nice prelude to what is coming in "Amazing," giving a sample of the cool Stuart Immonen take on Spider-Man. Overall, good stuff, with outstanding art.

6.0
The Divided States of Hysteria #1

Jun 12, 2017

As a fan of some of Chaykin's work ("Satellite Sam," though that was written by Matt Fraction) I thought to check this out; it's not necessarily a bad comic--it does make a forceful impact on the reader, as I'm sure was the intent. What it is, however, is a bit too brutal and nihilistic for me to really want to collect. His dystopian vision of the United States promises to be dark, bleak, and sure, timely, but it's not for me. Now, I think people railing on "Secret Empire" for its dark vision is a bit silly, so maybe I'm being hypocritical here, but I entrust that truth and justice will prevail there; this is ugly and cynical in a profound way. Chayken admits his usual cheeky humour is missing here. Too true. I am not going any further with this.

9.5
The Dregs #1

Jan 27, 2017

The first issue sets the agenda with the gruesome opening scene and the quote from Jonathan Swift's "A Modest Proposal"...what follows is an excellent noir story with the most unlikely of heroes. This promises to be an inside look at the life of the homeless as well as an excoriation of the rich, a look at the kind of society that allows them to coexist in close quarters. Great issue!

9.5
The Dregs #2

Mar 8, 2017

This is a great series so far. I'm very impressed with the stylistic look Eric Zawadzki brings to the book; there are many interesting layouts, as the artist makes a lot of interesting decisions i.e. the two page spread with the circular maze with Marlow within, surrounded by images of him struggling to push a boulder forward. So much is conveyed with his art; I love it. And the writer is giving us a classic detective story in a very different surrounding, and it's fascinating to watch Marlow struggling to make sense of the mysterious disappearance of the street people. Great comic.

10
The Dregs #4

Jul 20, 2017

This is a great conclusion to what has been a surprisingly great series. There is no clean resolution for Arnold, there are no fixes, but, in a series as complex as this, a "happy" ending would be trite and out-of-character. After reading it I thought, how could it end in any other way? One of the best series of the year.

8.0
The Few #1

Feb 3, 2017

I enjoyed this issue for the most part. In all, there is not a lot to the story so far, despite the extra pages, but I am intrigued enough to continue. The art style was different and I liked it a lot, though I did get lost in the action somewhat. Good first issue.

10
The Fix #3

Nov 4, 2016

8.5
The Fix #7

Jan 18, 2017

This crime story continues to be funny, this time a Mac/Pretzels team-up issue with a potentially devastating ending.

9.0
The Fix #8

Mar 6, 2017

This is a great issue. The history of Pretzels is well done in the early pages, and there are a lot of funny moments (like the cutaway to Dumbledore's reaction to Pretzels' absence). I'm not sure if it's Spencer or Lieber who orchestrate these moments, but this book is stylistically great.

7.5
The Fix #9

May 30, 2017

An amusing issue of "The Fix," although not one of the better ones. I'm interested to see how this all turns out, and Spencer's darkly comedic tone still works, but it's not quite as sharp as the early issues were.

7.5
The Fix #11

Apr 4, 2018

“The Fix” #11 is an amusing book, as it does feature a grief-stricken man snorting lines of cocaine off of a horse’s behind. This aside, I’ve kind of lost the story thread here—this book comes out infrequently enough that I have only an overview of what this is. Other gags, like the ultra-trendy lefty boss who is, on the side, a treacherous psychotic, are starting to fall a little flat. Liked it, but they are losing me with the erratic shipping schedule.

9.0
The Flintstones #4

Oct 9, 2016

9.0
The Flintstones #5

Nov 4, 2016

9.0
The Flintstones #6

Dec 13, 2016

Another strong issue, highlighted by the existential pain of the elephant vacuum cleaner.

9.5
The Flintstones #7

Jan 20, 2017

One of the stronger issues in a great series, this story looks at our culture's inability to be sated and reliance on money to solve life's problems, through the framework of religious tithes. Rick Leonardi does a fine job standing in for Steve Pugh. This is a funny, poignant look at modern life.

9.0
The Flintstones #8

Feb 10, 2017

This is a sharp and funny instalment of "The Flintstones," one the better issues. As usual, a lot of the strength here comes from the small details; I found the economics speaker's persistence amusing, as well as Stony Danza'a appraisal of the Lizard people ("Weird!). This is a really good read.

9.0
The Flintstones #12

Jun 12, 2017

I was sceptical of this title before jumping on at issue #4, but this has been one of the best series in comics over its 12 issues. Dealing with serious, relevant issues in a meaningful and funny way, "The Flintstones" has been top notch satire. Among the revelations for me were Steve Pugh's awesome art--I can't wait to see where he goes next. But, especially, the writing of Mark Russell. He is a seriously funny guy with a lot to say about modern life. I read his "God is Disappointed in You" and I highly recommend it to any fans of this series. "The Flintstones" ends on a high note, and just waits to be discovered by anyone who loves this art form and biting satire that still has a big heart.

7.5
The Goddamned #5  
7.5
The Great Lakes Avengers #1

Oct 16, 2016

8.0
The Great Lakes Avengers #2

Dec 6, 2016

Really fun book so far.

5.5
The Great Lakes Avengers #4

Jan 23, 2017

The art was a giant step down. Without Will Robson, I was left asking, "Why am I reading this?" The story did not do much for me.

8.5
The Hunt #5

Jan 13, 2017

A strong conclusion to what has been a very good miniseries, this issue shows Orla's fight against the supernatural forces haunting her family come to a fittingly uncanny end. Lorimer excelled in art and characterization in this story, and I hope we can revisit this world and these characters again.

5.5
The Lost Boys #1  
8.0
The Magic Order #1

Jun 30, 2018

I'm not a magic guy, I've never read a Harry Potter book or watched a Harry Potter movie, but this enticed me due to the creative team. And it was pretty cool! The opening is devastating and awesome. Magic is employed in an interesting way. And the Olivier Coipel art looked great. I'll keep reading this.

8.0
The Man of Steel (2018) #1

Jun 12, 2018

There are elements to "Man of Steel" that I really liked. What first caught my attention was the way Bendis created a credible and understandable conflict in just the opening couple of pages, and then I next was really thrilled by the page where Superman catches a stray song in his and tries to focus on it, only before it is drowned out by the screams for help in Metropolis. It shows his fantastic powers and humanizes him at the same time. Perhaps this is just a small sample of the kind of writing Bendis can bring to the character.nIvan Ries' art was great. I'm pleasantly surprised here. I felt that Bendis generally went down with a thud at Marvel, but I'm excited to read more!

7.0
The Man of Steel (2018) #2

Jun 21, 2018

Hey, what's going on with Lois Lane?! I don't really care, which made this issue less than thrilling for me. It is still generally well-written, because it is Bendis, but nothing much of any consequence happens here (because it is Bendis). We see more of the staff of The Daily Planet (Holy shit! Newspapers are in trouble!), but I don't really care about Jimmy or Perry, or the Planet, or whatever. I realize that makes a pretty poor review, and that I'm a Marvel guy, but at many points since "Rebirth" I really enjoyed Superman stories with Jon and Lois; so this is okay, but nothing about it is captivating me and making me care like some of those comic did.

8.0
The Man of Steel (2018) #3

Jun 26, 2018

I liked this issue of "Man of Steel," a powerful, action-packed, fast-paced issue that also packs an emotional punch as key parts of Superman's history and heritage are destroyed. This Rogol Zaar dude is kind of plagued by 1990s design, but Bendis certainly does a nice job of establishing him as a threat, if not a unique, distinct character. And Ryan Sook's art was really cool. I don't know how much of him I've seen before, but I'll keep an eye out for him now.

6.5
The Man of Steel (2018) #4

Jul 4, 2018

This isn't bad, but it isn't very interesting either. "Man of Steel" is kind of falling flat for me. The villain (Rogor Zaar) is kind of a dud, and, despite Bendis' arrival, there doesn't seem to be much of a point for this series. It's like just another Superman story, not something really warranting a mini-series delivered weekly. It's pretty flat.

8.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #12

Oct 22, 2016

7.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #13

Nov 29, 2016

7.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #14

Jan 11, 2017

This was alright. It felt, largely due to the art, like a 70s or 80s comic to me. I think I'm growing a bit weary of Malekith, who is so one-note. I'm glad to move on to the Asgard/Shi'ar War and the return of Russell Dauterman.

8.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #15

Jan 22, 2017

This issue offered a reprieve from the War of Realms, but launches Thor and the Asgardians into a new war, this time with the Shi'ar. We get a look at Jane's greater conflict, her struggle with cancer, before the action takes over. A slower pace for this issue might have offered a nice break from the constant action that has been dominating the book of late. That being said, Heimdall's battle with Gladiator to open the book was spectacular.

9.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #16

Feb 27, 2017

This is awesome. Aaron is continuing his epic story regarding the true nature of all gods, and Russell Dauterman is just incredible on art here. The Shi'Ar gods come across as a more than formidable threat, and Jane once again proves her mettle as Thor. Outstanding...

8.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #17

Apr 13, 2017

This epic battle continues, with Jane Thor truly distinguishing herself from the petty, vain Shi'ar gods. Great art by Dauterman here, a fun story that's really bringing the action.

9.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #18

May 4, 2017

This has been an awesome arc, and this issue is no exception. Cosmically epic in scope, it still is filled with great character scenes to go along with the action. Quentin Quire is a fun addition, and Russell Dauterman absolutely kills it on art.

9.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #19

May 26, 2017

I wasn't a fan of the previous arc; or, rather, I felt it grew stale by the end. But Aaron and Daughterman knocked it out of the park on this storyline, to the point where it seemed to grow better and better with every issue. Jane Foster stands proud and defiant here, at just the right time, showing a frail yet unrelenting humanity face-to-face with gods. It's really fucking good, you guys. Strong assists by "Guardians" artist Valeri Schiti as well. Add Quentin Quire (always best when written by Aaron) and Odinson and this comic kicks ass.

9.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #20

Jun 27, 2017

Awesome, heart-breaking issue. The scenes with Volstagg and the Elven orphans are very touching, and really bring home the reality of this war (in this universe). Russell Daughterman owns this comic, but when he steps aside, Valerio Schiti is quite capable of filling in...this issue looks great. After feeling bogged down for a bit, this series has picked up with 6 or so great issues in a row, and the revelation at the end (and, well, on the front cover) promises this will continue.

7.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #22

Aug 27, 2017

This book continues to be entertaining and fun, but this issue, while pretty good, isn't a standout. Valeri Schiti's art doesn't seem as good as usual here, and the Queen of Cinders' boasts grow stale.

8.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #700

Oct 28, 2017

This is a beautiful looking issue with contributions from several fantastic artists; although the styles vary wildly at times, it all works and doesn't negatively distract the reader. Likewise, Jason Aaron does a great job of flowing from storyline and timeline to story time and timeline smoothly. It also looks great to see that nice #700 on the cover. This is a really good book.

9.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #703

Feb 20, 2018

The Mangog is tearing up Asgard, Odin and son are reunited, and Hera steps up in a surprising way, but the main bring-home of this issue is Jane’s struggle with her responsibilities as Thor and that her transformation into the Thunder Goddess is accelerating her cancer. Jane’s struggle, her bravery, are movingly portrayed by Aaron and Russell Dauterman, who draws an absolutely gorgeous issue. This is a really great book right now.

9.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #704

Mar 22, 2018

Jason Aaron's sweeping story of Thor is reaching a conclusion of sorts, as the Thor we've been following for the last few years is facing a choice between the hammer and the worlds she has been defending and her own health--her own life. There is a grandeur to the scenes with Jane, even as she has been devastated by cancer, a nobility that stands in the face of death. These scenes are mirrored by Odin and Odinson's last ditch struggle against Mangog. All of this is epic, and all of this is absolutely beautifully rendered by Russell Dauterman, who has emerged over the course of the last few years to become one of the absolute best in the industry. This is a great individual book in what has been a great series.

10
The Mighty Thor (2015) #705

Apr 11, 2018

This was an incredible comic. The saga of Jane Foster as Thor has been a big part of Jason Aaron's epic, sweeping run with the character, and it's hard to imagine it coming to a more bittersweet ending than this, as Thor sacrifices everything to save those she loves. The action in this book is unbelievable--it could be the best work that Russell Dauterman has ever done, and the best fight seen I can remember reading. I don't often shed tears reading a comic book, but I did here, dammit! I've read every issue of Jane's run, and it is sad/happy to see her end so tragically/heroically.

8.5
The Sheriff Of Babylon #11

Oct 14, 2016

9.5
The Sheriff Of Babylon #12

Nov 4, 2016

9.0
The Spirit: The Corpse-Makers #2

Mar 31, 2017

This is a great comic. Francisco Frankavilla's art and colours are so perfect for this old fashioned noir story...I can't imagine anyone else better made to revive Eisner's key character. An example of this book's greatness is the last page, a splash of a train moving through the blue rain with the sound of character screaming from below the tracks. Awesome comic-booking.

8.0
The Terrifics #1

Mar 8, 2018

I actually started reading this unenthused, wondering why I wasn't reading a real Fantastic Four comic, and wondering if this thing being tied to DC's "Metal" event would make it a drag to read. I was pleasantly surprised. Lemire gives his characters FF traits for sure, just switching up the roles of each character type (Plastic Man, unlike Reed, is a goofball). But it was fun, and Lemire kept the reader interested and informed through the action and dialogue--reading "Metal" is not necessary for this (I have given up on that bit of bloated nonsense). The art is good. It's pretty good!

7.5
The Terrifics #2

Apr 16, 2018

This was a pretty enjoyable issue of "The Terrifics." I don't really care for these DC d-listers, except maybe Mr. Terrific and Phantom Girl--Metamorpho and Plastic Man are too Ben Grimm and Johnny Storm for their own good. That said, the scene where Phantom Girl describes her origin is a wonderful look at old comics, and I'm interested enough at the end to read issue #3. And the art is brilliant. So...yeah.

8.5
The Totally Awesome Hulk #12

Dec 7, 2016

Strong conclusion to the Civil War II crossover. The ending brought a touch of humanity to an event that has been pretty devoid of realistic emotion. If only the main book could accomplish the same.

4.0
The Totally Awesome Hulk #13

Dec 20, 2016

Terrible. Pointless filler. Please, Marvel, stay away from "celebrity" guest-stars. The most painful thing is that it doesn't end; there is another issue of this nonsense.

5.0
The Totally Awesome Hulk #14

Jan 20, 2017

Pointless throwaway issue that has me on the verge of dropping this title. I want to like it, but a 2 part Jeremy Linn team-up? Brutal.

7.5
The Totally Awesome Hulk #15

Feb 2, 2017

For the last few issues this title has been delivering softball stories that seem to have very few stakes to make things interesting. This issue is mildly amusing but Greg Pak delivers his message ("there's more to us all than racial stereotypes") with the subtlety of a gamma bomb. Mahmud Asrar's return is a great relief, as his art is very strong here, making for a great looking book. But the story has the tone of an after school special. Or an episode of Saved by the Bell.

7.0
The Totally Awesome Hulk #16

Feb 24, 2017

This issue is fine...it's just not for me. I just don't care enough for the plot or characterization to let the art save it for me. I used this to see if I'm keeping this title or dropping it, and the latter won out.

8.0
The Totally Awesome Hulk #17

Mar 28, 2017

An improvement on the last few issues, in my opinion. The first one where Amadeus didn't act like a knob. This is my last one ordered through my subscription, but I won't rule out picking up the next issue if it looks cool.

9.0
The Unworthy Thor #1

Nov 4, 2016

9.0
The Unworthy Thor #2

Dec 12, 2016

Very strong second issue with a gray cast: Beta Ray Bill, the Collector, and, at the end, Thanos. Aaron snd Coipel bring it.

7.5
The Unworthy Thor #3

Feb 10, 2017

This issue sets up a huge battle in the next, and a full return for Olivier Coipel, which will hopefully help bring the Odinson back to full glory. Few can match Coipel on Thor, and it's not fair to expect them too, but his limited time on this issue made it a bit less thunderous for me.

7.0
The Walking Dead #160

Nov 5, 2016

7.5
The Walking Dead #162

Jan 20, 2017

Solid issue with two strong points: a revelation about Negan in the opening pages, and the revelation that the war is not finished, but only getting started in the closing pages.

8.0
The Walking Dead #166

Apr 11, 2017

This series continues marching along, good but not great. An interesting issue with an interesting conclusion. Pretty good stuff.

8.5
The Walking Dead #169

Aug 18, 2017

Still dealing with the aftermath of the Whisperer War and Andrea's death, this is a quiet but powerful issue, as the different communities pick up and try to carry on. There's lots of tension and intrigue here. Really strong issue.

7.5
The Walking Dead #170

Oct 6, 2017

I kind of like this series more on the slow-broil moments more than the big war issues. Another very solid instalment here.

8.0
The Walking Dead #173

Nov 14, 2017

"The Walking Dead" keeps moving with a pretty exciting issue. I've missed the last couple, so this is the first time I've seen the new cool-chick character, who more than anything reminds me of Poochie from "The Simpsons." So, yeah.

8.5
The Walking Dead #174

Dec 13, 2017

This is a pretty strong issue, focussing on Negan and his lonely life of exile. It is touching how Negan reaches out towards his dead wife, his narrative to her the only thing giving him peace. Is it possible for Negan to be turned into, if not a good guy, then an antihero, as opposed to villain? I'm not sure if it will work, but watching Negan's transformation has been interesting, at least.

7.0
The Walking Dead #175

Jan 10, 2018

This was an okay issue of "The Walking Dead," though the "take me to Stephanie or shoot us," "No, cooperate or we'll shoot you thing got stale, and I must say I find this new "wacky" character, Juanita or "Princess," grating at best. On the plus side, the revelations near the end of the issue are interesting and have promise for a strong arc ahead.

8.5
The Walking Dead #176

Feb 20, 2018

This plot picks up a bit with a strong second instalment. Although I felt a bit of “this again” when the new group exhibit hints of an oppressive regime, the narrative of Michonne’s daughter being alive drives the issue forward. “New World Order” is getting interesting.

8.5
The Walking Dead #177

Mar 14, 2018

Having fallen off the show last year, it's quite something that this book has me still interested, and in issues like this, captivated, 177 issues in. This is a good one. I find the new "threat" interesting, as Kirkman peels the layers to let us slowly see what this society is about. Michonne's reunion with her daughter is touching, as is the bit with that kid and Rick and the poetry. I would have rated this a 9.0 but I didn't recognize who that one dude is in the final scene--I don't know if it's one of the many bearded characters that I'm supposed to know, or just a guy, or whatever, but it was a small hiccup at the end of the issue for me.

8.0
The Walking Dead #178

Apr 10, 2018

This is a good issue, with typically good character beats. The Commonwealth continues to be an interesting new adversary, with many ominous signs presenting themselves here. One note: sorry, Princess has not won me over, even after this issue. She is an annoying cliche. She is the Poochie of the Walking Dead.

8.5
The Walking Dead #180

Jun 20, 2018

I really liked this arc of "The Walking Dead," and this issue in particular. I have found the strategic exploration on behalf of Rick's people and the Commonwealth interesting, and this issue does a great job in cementing the conflict that will guide this book in the future. I love the clash of ideas--Rick's New World Order vs. The Commonwealth's Old World Laws. And to see Michonne falling on one side of this equation and Rick on the other is an interesting move. I still find the Rick-centred issues the best, and this is another great exploration of the character and his beliefs. And the cover is fantastic!

7.0
The Walking Dead #181

Aug 5, 2018

This is, well, a pretty dull issue. It doesn't really feel like there are real stakes with these zombies anymore...I'm not feeling the threat. Anyway, nothing much happens here.

7.0
The Weatherman #1

Jun 30, 2018

I'm kind of torn on "The Weatherman." I wasn't really liking it, and I was kind of feeling that it was boring, and kind of decided to just flip through the rest of it. But when I saw what happened, I was like "Oh shit, I better read this!" The premise is sort of interesting, but the mystery of what happened didn't really even play that big a part here. Halfway through the book I decided I was going to drop it, but now I'm on the fence. I'll read issue #2 to see where this goes.

8.5
The Wicked + The Divine #23

Nov 5, 2016

8.5
The Wicked + The Divine #26

Feb 22, 2017

This series continues to be a fun read. This issue shows the enigmatic and selfish nature of the gods, and adds to the mystery of what is going on with Persephone.

8.5
The Wicked + The Divine #27

Mar 14, 2017

Due to the layout of the panels in this book, I had a bit of a hard time following things...there was a feeling of slipping in and out of various stories, like it is all happening simultaneously and given to us in glimpses. It was weird, but didn't detract from my enjoyment of it. I just need to read it again.

9.0
The Wicked + The Divine #28

Apr 19, 2017

Things are falling apart in decadent degeneration, here in the conclusion to the "Imperial Phase" arc. This issue is a thriller, as the gods have never been more divided, or closer to tearing each other apart. They are captured perfectly here in all their vain and bloody glory by Gillen + McKelvie. Outstanding.

9.0
The Wicked + The Divine #29

Sep 1, 2017

This issue is a fun, exciting read, as things are happening fast for our gods, the world coming undone around them. This issue keeps building the suspense as the search is on for Sahkmet, fresh off a killing spree. Great book.

7.5
The Wicked + The Divine #35

May 14, 2018

I don't know quite what is happening here as this series moves towards its climax, but I have enough of a clue to still find the issue enjoyable. It was cool to see the scene from the very beginning replayed here. This is one of those books that is seeming like it would be better in trade, as the erratic schedule is hurting my enjoyment of it a bit.

8.0
The Wicked + The Divine #36

Jun 3, 2018

This was an interesting book. At first I was captivated by the style choice here of showing the same scene repeated throughout history, with slightly varying, but mostly the same outcome. But it went on a bit too long for me. Then, the issue changes style and direction, and we find out some pretty devastating stuff. This is a weird one, but I feel like this is a move forward the book needed, and I like it.

8.5
Thor (2018) #1

Jul 3, 2018

This is a really good launch to the new "Thor" series, a big issue with two cool stories. The first is a continuation of what has been going on in the book with Jane/Thor, and it has fun moments in the fight with the Juggernaut and Thor facing the Sub-Mariner, even is the latter is only one page. I liked Del Mundo's art...I am familiar with him from "Weirdworld," and the 12 issue "Elektra" series he did a few years ago, and I guess a bit of "Avengers" stuff last year. He has a distinctive style that I think might work well here. The back up story was cool too. Good stuff!

7.0
Tony Stark: Iron Man #1

Jul 3, 2018

This is alright. I dunno. I'm going to keep reading it, but nothing in this first issue was really captivating. The music thing was sort of dumb. I'm gonna stay on, but this book is kind of on a short leash.

9.0
Trinity (2016) #2

Oct 22, 2016

9.5
Trinity (2016) #3

Nov 22, 2016

Clay Mann's art is Manapul-worthy in this issue, which has turned out to be my favourite of the Rebirth titles. I am enjoying the introspection into the psyche of these characters; I find it an interesting character aspect that Clark gains peace from his interactions with Pa last issue, but Bruce is tortured by his past here. I'm interested to see how it will go with Diana. Great book.

7.5
Trinity (2016) #4

Jan 9, 2017

Solid issue, though it seems to move slower than the first three, and while the art certainly isn't bad, it doesn't reach the same heights Francis Manupul and Clay Mann reached in issues 1-3.

6.5
Trinity (2016) #6

Feb 27, 2017

The end of this arc pales in comparison to the early issues that opened it, as it feels all too much a rushed and pat conclusion. This book is not bad. It's just average.

7.5
Trinity (2016) #7

Apr 11, 2017

I unsubscribed to this title after issue #6, but that wasn't fast enough to escape having #7 pulled for me (my sub service takes 3 weeks notice). Surprisingly, I liked this a lot for over half the issue, in a kind of super-villainy campy way, but when the Superman/Batman/Wonder Woman monster popped up, my interest waned. The Clay Mann art, so good in the first half, also seems to dip in the fight pages in the second half. So, okay, but I'm content to let this series go for now.

6.5
U.S.Avengers #1

Jan 20, 2017

This wasn't a bad comic book, but nothing about this team stands out for me. I will check out the next issue, but this is on shaky ground.

7.0
U.S.Avengers #2

Feb 6, 2017

This isn't a bad comic, but it's not a comic for me. I can't get behind this team. It's just a book I don't need. That being said, for those who enjoy slightly wackier Avengers antics, and, I guess, Squirrel Girl or whatever, there you go. I did enjoy the idea of Luke and Jessica's kid becoming Captain America, but another Cap running about in this universe? Nah.

8.5
Ultimates 2 (2016) #1

Nov 29, 2016

Strong start, though I had to choke my way through Carol's complaints of betrayal to T'Challa. I like the prospect of a Miss America led team of Ultimates; it makes me less wary of reading a book with Captain Marvel as a main focus, as "Civil War II" totally exhausted my patience for this sanctimonious character.

8.5
Ultimates 2 (2016) #2

Jan 11, 2017

I'm enjoying this series so far. Al Ewing does deep cosmic in a way others can't, breaking out the heavy hitters (Living Tribunal, Eternity, etc.) Travel Foreman also does a great job with the art here. This is a fun, epic book.

8.5
Ultimates 2 (2016) #3

Feb 14, 2017

This deeply cosmic book is definitely interesting; it's nice to see some of the fallout of Secret Wars addressed, since that storyline changed everything on a cosmic level. It's also a different kind of story than is being told in most books, with a cast that includes Galactgus, Order and Chaos, and the In-Betweener. Al Ewing is very good at this stuff, and Travel Foreman, though not living up to his early "Animal Man" work of a few years ago, keeps the book looking good.

8.5
Ultimates 2 (2016) #5

Apr 17, 2017

Things stay trippy as the cosmic wars continue here. An enjoyable issue; also, it looks like Travel Foreman is rounding into shape.

9.0
Ultimates 2 (2016) #6

Jun 5, 2017

This was a really great issue, as we uncover the, uh, secret origin of the Marvel cosmic universe. Universes. Yeah. Al Ewing's story is great and Travel Foreman seems to be getting better with each issue, and did a great job here, even with the scope of things expanding. This first arc was a hit for me, and I'm looking forward to next issue where...Secret Empire? Aw fuck.

5.5
Ultimates 2 (2016) #7

Jun 8, 2017

It was pretty much at the same point of "The Ultimates" run about a year ago that "Civil War II" took over the events of the comic, after a great first arc, and it remained mired in that event until it finished its run at #12. Let's hope it doesn't last so long this time, because "Secret Empire" has invaded "Ultimates 2" and delivered a pretty underwhelming issue. It's basically Carol and her corp fighting the CHitauri, who all die when they hit the shield once they get past this defense force (so what's the point?). The art is raw and might be suited to an independent project or something, but it is pretty jarring (in the worst sense of the word) here. All in all, it's pretty depressing to see what was going on in this book sacrificed to fill in the blanks of the latest spectacle. Shitty.

9.0
Ultimates 2 (2016) #8

Jun 27, 2017

Expecting this to be more pointless "Secret Empire" crossover (see last issue), I was very pleasantly surprised by this comic. Maybe the surprise added to the overall impact, but this was a great read. To see Galactus and Ego as they once were, in their original forms, was great. Al Ewing really knocks this issue out of the park. And the art of Aud Koch, which so did not work last month, is integral to the story here. He does a great job. Fantastic issue.

9.0
Ultimates 2 (2016) #100

Aug 29, 2017

"The Ultimates" has come to an end. But while it ran, this has been one of Marvel's most original, most interesting series. The story of the "Cosmic Avengers" has had a look unlike any other book, thanks to Kenneth Rocafort and now Travel Foreman. It's too bad it's ending, but it goes out on a high note, a powerful, optimistic, life-affirming conclusion. This is, and has been, a pretty great book.

7.0
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #15

Oct 14, 2016

7.5
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #16

Nov 9, 2016

Not a lot happens in this issue but there's solid art and fun dialogue to make it worth the read

8.0
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #17

Dec 21, 2016

7.5
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #18

Jan 12, 2017

Solid issue. I like the intro flashback morphing into a nightmare with Rogue. This book seems set on the level of an always good, but not excellent, title for me.

9.0
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #19

Jan 27, 2017

This was a really fun issue. I liked seeing the creepy ways Red Skull used Xavier's power to infect the minds of the Avengers, and the battle between Cable and the Skull was interesting. The story is well plotted and the events here definitely heightened the stakes, with the Avengers about to run amok and Deadpool reloading with Wong and Spider-man. Very strong issue.

8.5
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #20

Mar 2, 2017

This series continues to impress with the Red Skull storyline. Skull is definitely an awesome foe with the telepathic mind of Charles Xavier, and he's delightful as the villain here. This book has action, a tight plot, and strong dialogue. Pepe Larraz's artwork also impresses here. It's a lot of fun to read.

8.5
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #21

Apr 12, 2017

Why am I always surprised that I enjoy this book so much? It's one of the most consistently enjoyable books Marvel is making right now, and this Red Skull storyline has been a big hit with me. And Kevin Labranda is a more than capable step-in artist. Really good stuff.

7.5
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #22

Apr 12, 2017

Things wind down after a pretty intense run of issues...it was a good read, although typical of the "let's go out to a bar and relax after saving earth/humanity" genre. Wonder Man is back, and I think, "I don't care, I've never even read a Wonder Man comic, so...not super excited for next issue, but this series has been reliably high quality so I'm in anyway.

6.0
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #24

Jun 21, 2017

While I'm enjoying the main event (well...mainly), this "Secret Empire" crossover clearly illustrates why event crossovers so often suck. It's just a fight against a black bubble and (yet another) portal opened to let in nameless, bland creatures. Jacinto's art is strong, but it's wasted on this boring, meaningless battle issue. I thought I was done with "Monsters Unleashed."

9.0
Unfollow #14

Dec 19, 2016

I was pleasantly surprised to see Javier Pulido's art when I opened this issue; about 3/4 through the issue I thought, well, this is okay, but not really adding up to much--then I was floored by the ending. Great issue all around.

9.5
Unfollow #15

Jan 20, 2017

Things are all coming to a head in "Unfollow," and this issue moves us along towards the series' conclusion with a one-year time jump. Dave, Courtney, and Deacon, all transformed by time and experience, track down Rubinstein in a great action sequence, just as Larry Farrell plans to make a public reemergence. Mike Dowling returns to deliver outstanding artwork. This is a great issue and, with only 3 issues left, I can't wait to see how this ends.

9.5
Unfollow #16

Feb 28, 2017

"Unfollow" is finishing strong. The pace in the earlier issues was slower, but now everything is happening so fast, each issue carries a ton of impact. The core cast of characters has changed a lot, whittled from 140 to 40, and now this commentary on social media as a new kind of religion is drawing to a close. This issue is captivating, with a lot of suspense and action, and the ending sets us up for a thrilling denouement. Rob Williams and Michael Dowling offer a hell of an issue here, and I can't wait to see what's next.

9.0
Vampironica #1

Mar 26, 2018

"Vampironica" #1 is a new entry in Archie's horror line, following in the footsteps of the incredibly awesome "Afterlife With Archie." Like that series, this has top notch talent to hook the reader--Greg Smallwood's art rules the show here, as this is a beautiful looking book. Check out the scene where Veronica discovers her parents. Super chilling. It is creepy and funny and creates suspense for the next issue. I'm in.

9.0
Vampironica #2

Jun 9, 2018

This issue is a lot of fun, with lots of interesting vampire folklore. Veronica is charming and vulnerable in a really humanizing way for a newly born vampire. Dalton, also, was explored in a fun way. It's not an issue in which the plot takes giant leaps further, but, given the recent events for Veronica, we needed an issue to explore exactly what she now is. On top, the artwork of Greg Smallwood is beyond comparison. It's just amazing. He did art, inks, colours, and its just great. I love his facial acting, if you know what I mean, the way his characters emote. And the cover is dead stunning. If you aren't reading this, what's your problem?

6.0
Venom (2016) #1

Nov 28, 2016

I'm out.

8.5
Venom (2018) #1

May 15, 2018

I've never been a big Venom guy (well, except when I was a teenager), but I am a big Donny Cates guy, so I had to try this. It was pretty cool. I liked the way Cates portrays the relationship between the symbiotic and Eddie, and he did a really good job with the dialogue and the constant struggle between them. Having it described as Eddie having a screaming angry voice in his head is really effective, and the scene where Eddie shuts the symbiote down as it utters death threats against him is creepy. I also enjoyed Stegman's art here--he seems a really great fit for this book. Excited for issue #2!

8.5
Venom (2018) #2

Jun 26, 2018

This issue is a tense, slow burn as we see Rex reveal a bit of the history of the symbiotes and the monster that feeds upon them. This book has done a really nice job so far settling into a dark horror vibe, and the art by Ryan Stegman does a great job in helping establish this tone. The writing is top notch, as this is a really thrilling read despite the amount of exposition in it. Really liking Venom's new/old direction!

8.5
Venom (2018) #3

Jul 7, 2018

This is a really good issue, and it features some awesome Ryan Stegman art. His splash page a couple of pages in with Venom standing over a beaten Miles Morales is scary and awesome. I really liked the way that conflict plays out. The guy at the end, the Lord of the Symbiotes, I'm not sure about, but this is definitely an interesting read.

10
Violent Love #1

Nov 10, 2016

Great first issue that has me hooked. This issue is captivating from start to finish, with great almost Darwyn Cooke-esque art from Santos. The creative team takes a very familiar concept and does something different and interesting with it here.

8.5
Violent Love #2

Dec 12, 2016

7.5
Violent Love #3

Feb 1, 2017

This issue dropped off a bit from the last two for me. Some of the action was confusing. And Daisy goes through events that show some vulnerability in her, and then on the final page it's gone. So, still a good series, but...yeah.

8.0
Violent Love #4

Feb 22, 2017

I liked this issue. There are a few interesting visual pages here, such as the one in which Rock flashes back to Vietnam, and Daisy flashes back to the death of her father. I liked the interplay between them here, and the two young girl killers (as in young girl assassins) brought something to the book. The ending also sets up a hopefully exciting end to this first arc. I just don't know if I like the narrative framework of an ex detective telling this tale to a small kid. It's not really working for me.

10
Vision (2015) #12  
8.0
Warlords of Appalachia #1

Oct 13, 2016

7.5
Warlords of Appalachia #2

Nov 30, 2016

8.0
Warlords of Appalachia #3

Jan 12, 2017

This is a good issue, as things amp up in anticipation for the finale. I almost wish there were more issues, as I wonder how this can be all wrapped up in only one more...but I also wish there were more issues because it's an entertaining read and I don't want it to end yet.

7.5
Warlords of Appalachia #4

Feb 9, 2017

This series rounds out in good form with a good issue; I feel like there are still a lot of answers to come about the mysterious water people, but the ending hints at a sequel.

7.5
Weapon X (2017) #1

Apr 18, 2017

This was pretty good. Drawn by the much maligned Greg Land, I thought the issue looked sharp. My only concern is a bit of fatigue with the Weapon X program. The other books promised a lighter tone, and I know that the same can't be done with this rogues gallery, but it will have to go in some different directions for me to be in for the long haul. But I'm giving it a shot.

7.5
Weapon X (2017) #2

Jun 5, 2017

The story itself, and the antagonists, are a bit stale, but I did enjoy the action of this issue. I also liked the introductory characterization of Warpath. I will like this book a little more when the characters are able to face a different threat than weapon x scientists; I don't know if it's going there, but I liked this enough to hang on for a bit to see.

6.5
Weapon X (2017) #3

Jun 8, 2017

This is pretty run-of-the-mill mutant stuff; not terrible, but not interesting either. Now, leading into a crossover with "Totally Awesome Hulk," I'm bailing out on this series.

9.0
Wild Storm #1

Feb 21, 2017

I read "Planetary" back in the day, but this felt like new ground for me. In a good way. It's a strongly written, interesting first issue, but it hooked me into coming back for more next month. I liked this a lot.

8.0
Wild Storm #3

Apr 26, 2017

Good issue, as this series continues to intrigue. Jon Davis-Hunt is generally really good, but comes across as kind of stiff here in an issue dominated by action. But a worthy read.

5.0
Wolfcop #1  
8.5
Wonder Woman (2016) #9

Oct 29, 2016

9.0
Wonder Woman (2016) #10

Nov 19, 2016

It's a lot of fun watching Diana react to the modern world, but this comes to a jarring stop when terrorists attack. But the real star here is the work of Nicola Scott--her action shots of Diana dodging and deflecting bullets is amazing, and with so much expertly rendered action, it's easy to see why this was delayed. So worth the wait!

9.0
Wonder Woman (2016) #11

Nov 29, 2016

This title, and this storyline, keep getting better and better. For a time I favoured the Year One story to that going on in the odd issues, but this issue is suspenseful and thrilling...Rucka and Sharp kick ass here! And, is the fact that Steve was prepared a burger and fries to eat in Themyscira foreshadowing of the fact it's all unreal? I think so!

9.0
Wonder Woman (2016) #12

Dec 21, 2016

Year One continues to kick ass. I really like this depiction of Diana, and am enjoying the Nicola Scott art immensely.

8.5
Wonder Woman (2016) #13

Jan 13, 2017

The art change makes this issue jarring at first, but I settled in an ended up enjoying this book. Diana is in a precarious position, and Rucka does a great job of deepening the mystery of Themyscira and Diana's past.

8.5
Wonder Woman (2016) #14

Jan 21, 2017

"Year One" reaches it's conclusion, and Diana's confrontation with Ares is quite dramatic, though overall maybe things wrap up a bit too quickly for me. This issue is bittersweet, as it is Nicola Scott's last; her pencils are gorgeous here, and have been throughout the whole story. She was made to draw Wonder Woman. Sigh!

7.0
Wonder Woman (2016) #16

Feb 16, 2017

For the first 15 issues, this series had the benefit of great art on both storylines.This issue was interesting, but the art did not really work for me. I liked the twins as villains, and the scene in the museum was cool, but I need more Diana in a Wonder Woman comic.

7.0
X-Men Prime #1

Apr 3, 2017

This is pretty underwhelming in terms of being an enjoyable comic in its own right; what we have instead here is a reset of the status quo, an issue of exposition that employs the overplayed trope of Kitty returning home and reflecting on change. I also found the artwork to be very spotty. The scene with Lady Deathstrike and, uh...Carla is horribly drawn. Oh well. I'm going to give the new X-books a chance, but this isn't an overly promising start.

8.5
X-Men: Blue (2017) #1

Apr 18, 2017

I was pleasantly surprised by this issue. I haven't collected an X-Men group book since the first 20-some odd issues of Bendis' "All-New X-Men," when the return of these characters was fresh and interesting. But a lot of the fun of those days was present here, with the O5 (err...) facing off against a couple of familiar foes. I was not a fan at all of Jorge Molina's work in "Star Wars" lately, but this works for me. Maybe it's not having to look at all those awkward head shots of the original movie's actors. Anyway, this is pretty good. Also, I was a fan of Bunn's "Magneto" solo series, so I'm looking forward to see how well that aspect of this series works. Add in a cool back-up story and you've got a pretty damn good comic!

9.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #2

May 4, 2017

I'm pleasantly surprised by this issue, which is probably the best X-Men comic I've read since the original run of Bendis' "All-New X-Men." The Magneto/X-Men relationship is interesting, and promises to bring a lot of tension from the book. I'm also surprised by Jorge Molina's art, which I've been critical of in the past. He seems to have found the right project here, as his work excellently fits the tone of the book. I'm excited for the potential of "X-Men Blue."

8.5
X-Men: Blue (2017) #3

May 29, 2017

I like the characterization and story here, as we see the Sentinels used in a different way. Cullen Bunn has a good idea of what to do with these characters, as this reads like a classic X-Men book. Jorge Molina's art continues to be a pleasant surprise.

9.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #5

Jun 22, 2017

Pleasantly surprised by this issue, and "X-Men Blue" as a whole. I sometimes get bored by action-dominated issues, but Cullen Bunn keeps things tight with sharp and witty dialogue, and the Julian Lopez art was excellent, keeping the action interesting. I like Miss Sinister and her band of misplaced mutants. The presence of Jimmy Wolverine doesn't seem superfluous, and I like that there is a mystery with Magneto in the background as well. Burn hinted at alterior motives for Magneto in a previous issue, but isn't forcing the point. I like the subtlety. This is just a really good read.

8.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #1

Apr 11, 2017

It's a bit tough to judge this issue objectively with the Ardian Syaf controversy raging; I wanted to dislike his artwork here more than I did. But this was a surprisingly refreshing X-Men comic. It doesn't tread new ground in any way, but is comfortable and hits some pretty good character notes. Kitty phasing an entire building was a neat concept, but isn't portrayed artistically in an interesting. The now-departed (after 2 more issues) Syaf did a good job, for the most part, except showing he has no idea what softball is or how it's played. Is that cricket? Is that what cricket looks like? Guggenheim's voice is pretty solid here, though Storm's angst over the fate of the Inhumans made me role my eyes (please...no more Inhumans...please!). Overall, good enough to keep me on board.

6.5
X-Men: Gold (2017) #3

May 10, 2017

This is the conclusion to a first arc that was pretty much mutants-by-numbers storytelling, with average art and a lack of compelling opponents. It's not terrible, but it's not anything more than mediocre. The only really interesting scene is the final one. The line-up is strong, but I have questions about Marc Guggenheim's ability to make these characters stand out. I'm going to see if this improves when the new art team shakes out, but so far it's a distant second to "X-Men Blue" in terms of telling compelling mutant tales.

7.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #4

May 29, 2017

The sentinels are dealt with much more interestingly in Cullen Bunn's "X-Men Blue" than they are here, in another just okay issue of "X-Men Gold." It's pretty much by-the-numbers X-Men here; despite having the flashier team, this book's stories are much less interesting. I was intrigued by the cover, but the return of Gambit doesn't amount to much. It's not bad, it's just...meh.

8.5
X-Men: Gold (2017) #5

Jun 13, 2017

When I saw the cover to this I thought, "Aw, fuck, the Sentinels." I didn't really like issue #4, but things picked up for me here in what I found to be the strongest issue in the series to date. Marc Guggenheim's writing seemed a little sharper and I enjoyed the artwork of R.B. Silva. The team had a good rapport in this issue and Kitty got to stretch her leadership muscles. A pleasant surprise.

6.5
X-Men: Gold (2017) #6

Jun 29, 2017

Big battle issue, with random other Marvel heroes appearing in fight scenes. Rachel confronting her dead parents in her head. I wasn't as interested in her internal struggle as the author would like. She's not really a strong enough character to carry the issue. Other than a fleeting moment with Storm and Gambit, there's not much here.

6.5
X-Men: Gold (2017) #13

Oct 25, 2017

I've got a pile of unread copies of "X-Men Gold" and "X-Men Blue" here, having a hard time staying on top of the relentless X-schedule. I haven't read since #4 or #5...? Anyway, I cut in with this issue, and it was...okay. It was okay. The Mojo bits were amusing, but having just finished reading it, I can't think of much that stood out, storewise. The Mike Matthew art looks good at times, other times pretty dicey. It kind of feels like someone attempting copy the vibe of X-Men books from the 90s rather than writing organic stories, which I guess is what it really is. So, yeah.

9.0
X-O Manowar (2017) #1

Mar 30, 2017

Strong issue. We get a glimpse of the peaceful home life of Aric, brief touches of melancholy from his past, and watch him thrust into a war he does not want. The art was really great; I don't know who Tomas Giorello is, but I'm looking forward to enjoying more of his work as this series arc continues.

8.5
X-O Manowar (2017) #3

Jun 22, 2017

Strong issue, as Aric struggles with his own nature; is he a man of peace or a man of war? One aspect I really liked was the opening 4 pages, giving the history of the rise of the Cadmium empire and their subjugation of other races; it added a lot of context to the story, outside of the action scenes. Issue #4 starts a new arc, and though I will miss Giorello's beautiful art, I am fully on board.

9.0
Zero #10

Nov 7, 2016

10
Zero #15

Nov 16, 2016

What the fuck? I have never read a series that left me asking this question as much as "Zero," nor one that left me so excited, so curious to read more to find out what is really happening here. I certainly did not expect William Burroughs or Allen Ginsberg to be a part of the answer...if we get an answer...

10
Zero #17

Nov 20, 2016

Reviews for the Week of...

April

March

More